skip to main content

Lenovo ThinkSystem SR650 V4 Server

Product Guide

Home
Top

Abstract

The Lenovo ThinkSystem SR650 V4 is an ideal 2-socket 2U rack server for customers that need industry-leading reliability, management, and security, as well as maximizing performance and flexibility for future growth. With two Intel Xeon 6700-series or 6500-series processors, the SR650 V4 is designed for high density and scale-out workloads in various customer segments.

This product guide provides essential pre-sales information to understand the ThinkSystem SR650 V4 server, its key features and specifications, components and options, and configuration guidelines. This guide is intended for technical specialists, sales specialists, sales engineers, IT architects, and other IT professionals who want to learn more about the SR650 V4 and consider its use in IT solutions.

Walkthrough video with David Watts and Russ Resnick

Introduction

The Lenovo ThinkSystem SR650 V4 is an ideal 2-socket 2U rack server for customers that need industry-leading reliability, management, and security, as well as maximizing performance and flexibility for future growth. The SR650 V4 is based on two Intel Xeon 6700-series or Xeon 6500-series processors, with Performance-cores (P-cores), formerly codenamed "Granite Rapids-SP".

The SR650 V4 is designed to handle a wide range of workloads, such as databases, virtualization and cloud computing, virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI), infrastructure security, systems management, enterprise applications, collaboration/email, streaming media, web, and HPC.

Lenovo ThinkSystem SR650 V4
Figure 1. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR650 V4

Did you know?

The SR650 V4 server supports a variety of cooling options including the new Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core module which uses open-loop liquid cooling to remove the heat from processors, memory, and voltage regulators. This Neptune Core module can remove more than 80% of heat from the server using liquid cooling, resulting in up to 35.9% power savings at the data center level. See the Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core Module section for details.

For additional GPU support in a 2U rack form factor, with support for 4 double-wide GPUs with NVLInk, consider the ThinkSystem SR650a V4 server.

Key features

Combining performance and flexibility, the SR650 V4 server is a great choice for enterprises of all sizes. The server offers a broad selection of drive and slot configurations and offers numerous high performance features. Outstanding reliability, availability, and serviceability (RAS) and high-efficiency design can improve your business environment and can help save operational costs.

Scalability and performance

The ThinkSystem SR650 V4 offers numerous features to boost performance, improve scalability and reduce costs:

  • Supports one or two Intel Xeon 6700-series or 6500-series processors with Performance-cores (P-cores)
    • Up to 86 cores and 172 threads
    • Core speeds of up to 4 GHz
    • TDP ratings of up to 350 W
  • Support for DDR5 memory DIMMs to maximize the performance of the memory subsystem:
    • Up to 32 DDR5 memory DIMMs, 16 DIMMs per processor
    • 8 memory channels per processor (2 DIMMs per channel)
    • Supports 1 DIMM per channel operating at 6400 MHz
    • Supports 2 DIMMs per channel operating at 5200 MHz
    • Using 256GB 3D RDIMMs, the server supports up to 8TB of system memory
  • Support for MRDIMMs for increased memory bandwidth with memory bus speeds of up to 8000 MHz.
  • Support for Compute Express Link (CXL) memory DIMMs in an E3.S 2T form factor, up to 12x CXL DIMMs with two processors. With CXL 2.0 for next-generation workloads, you can reduce compute latency in the data center and lower TCO. CXL is a protocol that runs across the standard PCIe physical layer and can support both standard PCIe devices as well as CXL devices on the same link.
  • Supports up to 10x single-width GPUs or 2x double-wide GPUs, for substantial processing power in a 2U system. For support for 4x double-wide GPUs, consider the ThinkSystem SR650a V4 server.
  • Supports up to 40x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, by using combinations of front-accessible (up to 24 bays), mid bays (8 bays) and rear-accessible (8 bays).
  • Supports 36x NVMe drives without oversubscription of PCIe lanes (1:1 connectivity). The use of NVMe drives maximizes drive I/O performance, in terms of throughput and latency.
  • Supports up to 16x 3.5-inch drive bays for lower-cost high-capacity HDD storage. 2.5-inch and 3.5-inch drive bays can be mixed if desired.
  • Support for up to 32x E3.S 1T NVMe drives, a new form factor drive for high-density and high-performance storage.
  • Supports high-speed RAID controllers providing 12 Gb SAS connectivity to the drive backplanes. A variety of PCIe 3.0 and PCIe 4.0 RAID adapters are available.
  • Supports M.2 drives for convenient operating system boot functions or data storage. M.2 drives can be internally mounted or can be mounted at the front or rear of the server as hot-swap drives. Optional RAID-0 or RAID-1.
  • Up to 10x PCIe slots (rear accessible), plus two slots dedicated to OCP 3.0 adapters. 2.5-inch drive configurations also support an additional internal bay for a cabled RAID adapter or HBA.
  • The server has up to two dedicated industry-standard OCP 3.0 slots supporting a variety of Ethernet network adapters. A simple-swap mechanism with a thumbscrew and pull-tab enables tool-less installation and removal of the adapter. The adapter supports shared BMC network sideband connectivity to enable out-of-band systems management.
  • The server offers PCI Express 5.0 I/O expansion capabilities that doubles the theoretical maximum bandwidth of PCIe 4.0 (32GT/s in each direction for PCIe Gen 5, compared to 16 GT/s with PCIe Gen 4 and 8 GT/s with PCIe Gen 3). A PCIe 5.0 x16 slot provides 128 GB/s bandwidth, enough to support a dual-port 200GbE network connection or a single-port 400GbE connection.

Availability and serviceability

The SR650 V4 provides many features to simplify serviceability and increase system uptime:

  • Designed to run 24 hours a day, 7 days a week
  • The server offers Single Device Data Correction (SDDC, also known as Chipkill), Adaptive Double-Device Data Correction (ADDDC, also known as Redundant Bit Steering or RBS), and memory mirroring for redundancy in the event of a non-correctable memory failure.
  • The server offers hot-swap drives, supporting RAID redundancy for data protection and greater system uptime.
  • Available M.2 boot adapters support RAID-1 (using onboard hardware RAID or using Intel VROC) which can enable two M.2 drives to be configured as a redundant pair.
  • The server has up to two hot-swap redundant power supplies and up to six hot-swap redundant fans to provide availability for business-critical applications.
  • The light path diagnostics feature uses LEDs to lead the technician to failed (or failing) components, which simplifies servicing, speeds up problem resolution, and helps improve system availability.
  • Solid-state drives (SSDs) offer more reliability and performance than traditional mechanical HDDs for greater uptime.
  • Proactive Platform Alerts (including PFA and SMART alerts): Processors, voltage regulators, memory, internal storage (SAS/SATA HDDs and SSDs, NVMe SSDs, M.2 storage, flash storage adapters), fans, power supplies, RAID controllers, server ambient and subcomponent temperatures. Alerts can be surfaced through the XClarity Controller to managers such as Lenovo XClarity Administrator, VMware vCenter, and Microsoft System Center. These proactive alerts let you take appropriate actions in advance of possible failure, thereby increasing server uptime and application availability.
  • The built-in XClarity Controller continuously monitors system parameters, triggers alerts, and performs recovery actions in case of failures to minimize downtime.
  • Built-in diagnostics in UEFI, using Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager, speed up troubleshooting tasks to reduce service time.
  • Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager supports diagnostics and can save service data to a USB key drive or remote CIFS share folder for troubleshooting and reduce service time.
  • Auto restart in the event of a momentary loss of AC power (based on power policy setting in the XClarity Controller service processor)
  • Offers a diagnostics port on the front of the server to allow you to attach an external diagnostics handset for enhanced systems management capabilities.
  • Support for the XClarity Administrator Mobile app running on a supported smartphone or tablet and connected to the server through the service-enabled USB port, enables additional local systems management functions.
  • Three-year or one-year customer-replaceable unit and onsite limited warranty (varies by geography), 9 x 5 next business day. Optional service upgrades are available.

Manageability and security

Systems management features simplify local and remote management of the SR650 V4:

  • The server includes XClarity Controller 3 (XCC3) to monitor server availability. Optional upgrade to XCC3 Premier to provide remote control (keyboard video mouse) functions, support for the mounting of remote media files (ISO and IMG image files), boot capture and power capping. XCC3 Premier also offers additional features such as Neighbor Groups, System Guard, a CNSA-compliant security mode, a FIPS 140-3-compliant mode, and enhanced NIST 800-193 support.
  • Dedicated Ethernet port at the rear of the server for remote management (BMC management). Optional support for a second dedicated BMC management port, installed in the OCP adapter bay.
  • Lenovo XClarity Administrator offers comprehensive hardware management tools that help to increase uptime, reduce costs and improve productivity through advanced server management capabilities.
  • UEFI-based Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager, accessible from F1 during boot, provides system inventory information, graphical UEFI Setup, platform update function, RAID Setup wizard, operating system installation function, and diagnostic functions.
  • Support for Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager which captures real-time power and temperature data from the server and provides automated controls to lower energy costs.
  • An integrated industry-standard Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) enables improved setup, configuration, and updates, and simplifies error handling.
  • Support for industry standard management protocols, IPMI 2.0, SNMP 3.0, Redfish REST API, serial console via IPMI
  • An integrated hardware Trusted Platform Module (TPM) supporting TPM 2.0 enables advanced cryptographic functionality, such as digital signatures and remote attestation.
  • Administrator and power-on passwords help protect from unauthorized access to the server.
  • Supports Secure Boot to ensure only a digitally signed operating system can be used. Supported with HDDs and SSDs, as well as M.2 drives.
  • Industry-standard Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) NI support for faster, stronger encryption.
  • Intel Execute Disable Bit functionality can prevent certain classes of malicious buffer overflow attacks when combined with a supported operating system.
  • Intel Trusted Execution Technology provides enhanced security through hardware-based resistance to malicious software attacks, allowing an application to run in its own isolated space, protected from all other software running on a system.
  • Additional physical security features are an available chassis intrusion switch and available lockable front bezel.

Energy efficiency

The SR650 V4 offers the following energy-efficiency features to save energy, reduce operational costs, and increase energy availability:

  • The server supports advanced Lenovo Neptune Core direct-water cooling (DWC) capabilities, where heat from key components is removed from the rack and the data center using an open loop and coolant distribution units, resulting in lower energy costs:
    • Processor Neptune Core Module uses liquid cooling to remove heat from the processors
    • Compute Complex Neptune Core Module uses liquid cooling to remove heat from the processors, memory and voltage regulators
  • Energy-efficient system board components help lower operational costs.
  • High-efficiency power supplies with 80 PLUS Titanium certifications
  • Solid-state drives (SSDs) consume as much as 80% less power than traditional spinning 2.5-inch HDDs.
  • Support for Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager provides advanced data center power notification, analysis, and policy-based management to help achieve lower heat output and reduced cooling needs.
  • The server uses hexagonal ventilation holes, which can be grouped more densely than round holes, providing more efficient airflow through the system and thus keeping your system cooler.

Comparing the SR650 V4 to the SR650 V3

The ThinkSystem SR650 V4 improves on the previous generation SR650 V3, as summarized in the following table.

Table 1. Comparing the SR650 V4 to the previous generation SR650 V3
Feature SR650 V3 SR650 V4 Benefits
Processor
  • 2x 4th Gen Intel Xeon Scalable Processors
  • Up to 60 cores
  • TDP up to 350W
  • 80x PCIe 5.0 lanes per processor
  • 2x Intel Xeon 6700 or 6500-series processors with Performance cores (P-cores)
  • up to 86 cores and 172 threads
  • TDP up to 350W
  • 88x PCIe 5.0 lanes per processor
  • Significant increase in cores per processor
  • Increased performance
  • Consolidation of more apps on same number of servers, reducing costs
  • Increased number of lanes means more higher performance networking and NVMe storage
Memory
  • DDR5 memory operating up to 4800 MHz
  • 8 channels per CPU
  • 32 DIMMs (16 per processor), 2 DIMMs per channel
  • Supports RDIMMs, 3DS RDIMMs and 9x4 RDIMMs
  • Up to 8TB of system memory
  • DDR5 memory operating up to 6400 MHz
  • 8 channels per CPU
  • 32 DIMMs (16 per processor), 2 DIMMs per channel
  • Supports RDIMMs, 3DS RDIMMs, and MRDIMMs
  • Supports CXL 2.0 memory in E3.S 2T form factor, up to 12x DIMMs with two processors
  • Up to 8TB of system memory
  • Support for new memory technologies
  • 1.7x increased memory bandwidth
  • 2.3x increased memory bandwidth with MRDIMM
  • Support for CXL memory enables additional memory support using E3.S drive bays
Internal storage
  • Up to 20x 3.5”, 40x 2.5” drive bays
  • Front: up to 12x3.5” / 24x2.5”, hot-swap
  • Mid (internal): up to 4x3.5” / 8x2.5”, hot-swap
  • Rear: up to 4x3.5” / 8x2.5”, 2x7mm boot drive, hot-swap
  • 2x Internal M.2 with optional RAID 1
  • 2x rear 7mm hot swap SAS/SATA/NVMe (RAID support via VROC)
  • PCIe 4.0 and PCIe 5.0 NVMe drive support
  • 20x Onboard NVMe ports
  • NVMe Retimer adapters for 32x NVMe
  • Up to 16x 3.5”, 40x 2.5” drive bays, 32x E3.S
  • Front: up to 12x3.5” / 24x2.5”/ 32x E3.S, hot-swap
  • Mid (internal): 8x2.5”, simple swap
  • Rear: up to 4x3.5” / 8x2.5”, hot-swap
  • 2x Internal M.2 with optional RAID 1
  • 2x front or rear hot-swap M.2 with RAID 1
  • PCIe 5.0 NVMe drive support
  • 36x Onboard NVMe ports
  • Flexible storage offerings
  • Up to 32x NVMe drives for high-performance storage
  • Support E3.S NVMe drives up to 32
  • M.2 for effective boot drive support
  • Support rear or front hot swap M.2 drives for increased uptime
  • Additional NVMe ports means no need for Retimer adapters, freeing up slots for other adapters
RAID
  • 8-, 16- and 32-port RAID adapters with up to 8GB flash
  • Support for Lenovo and Broadcom adapters
  • Support for PCIe or Internal cabled (CFF) form factor adapters
  • Support for NVMe drives connected to 940 RAID adapters (Tri-Mode)
  • Storage HBAs available
  • PCIe 3.0 and PCIe 4.0 adapter choices with support for Gen 5 adapters when available
  • 8-, 16- and 32-port RAID adapters with up to 8GB flash
  • Support for Lenovo and Broadcom adapters
  • Support for PCIe or Internal cabled (CFF) form factor adapters
  • Support for NVMe drives connected to 940 RAID adapters (Tri-Mode)
  • Storage HBAs available
  • PCIe 3.0 and PCIe 4.0 adapter choices with support for Gen 5 adapters when available
  • Consistent RAID/HBA support
  • Flexible config solution
  • PCIe Gen 5 allows for greater storage performance
Networking
  • 1x OCP 3.0 slot with PCIe Gen 5 x16 interface
  • OCP slot can be rear or front-accessible
  • Additional PCIe adapters supported
  • 1GbE dedicated Management port
  • 2x OCP 3.0 rear-accessible slots with PCIe Gen 5 interface
  • Additional PCIe adapters supported
  • 1GbE dedicated Management port
  • 2x OCP slots for increased networking ports
PCIe
  • Supports PCIe 5.0
  • Up to 10x rear PCIe slots (6x full height, 4x low-profile) or 8x rear PCIe slots (all full-height slots)
  • Up to 9x slots can be PCIe 5.0
  • Optional 2x additional front PCIe slots
  • Supports a RAID/HBA in CFF form factor (does not occupy a PCIe slot)
  • Supports PCIe 5.0
  • Up to 10x rear PCIe slots (6x full height, 4x low-profile)
  • All slots are PCIe 5.0
  • Riser cards are modular for easy upgrades
  • Supports a RAID/HBA in CFF form factor (does not occupy a PCIe slot)
  • PCIe Gen 5 allows for greater I/O performance
  • Flexible PCIe offerings
  • More PCIe connections for greater PCIe/NVMe support
  • Modular riser card design minimizes initial investment if fewer slots are needed
GPU support
  • Supports up to 8x single-wide GPUs
  • Supports up to 3x double-wide GPUs
  • Supports up to 10x single-wide GPUs
  • Supports up to 2x double-wide GPUs
  • High performance GPU support
Management and security
  • Integrated XClarity Controller 2
  • Support for full XClarity toolset including XClarity Administrator
  • Platform Firmware Resiliency (PFR) hardware Root of Trust (RoT)
  • Tamper Switch security solution (intrusion switch)
  • Support for 2nd remote management port
  • Integrated XClarity Controller 3
  • Support for full XClarity toolset including XClarity Administrator
  • Platform Firmware Resiliency (PFR) hardware Root of Trust (RoT)
  • Tamper Switch security solution (intrusion switch)
  • Support for 2nd remote management port
  • Support for 4-in-1 daisy-chain remote management connectivity
  • New XCC3 offers improved management capabilities including OpenBMC support
  • Same system management tool with previous generation
  • Silicon-level security solution
  • Redundant remote management connectivity
  • Daisy-chain option to reduce the number of management switch ports required
Power
  • Choice of 750W, 1100W, 1800W, 2400W, 2600W AC Hot Plug PSUs
  • Available in Titanium and Platinum efficiency levels
  • 1100W -48VDC Platinum general support
  • 240V HVDC support for PRC customers
  • Active-Standby mode
  • Choice of 800W, 1300W, 2000W, 2700W, 3200W AC Hot Plug PSUs
  • Available in Titanium and Platinum efficiency levels
  • 1300W -48VDC general support
  • 1300W HVAC/HVDC general support
  • 240V HVDC support for PRC customers
  • Active-Standby mode
  • Higher capacity power supplies to support high-powered components
  • Support Industrial CRPS form factor PSUs
  • Support for Telco customers with -48V requirements
  • Support for customers with HVDC/HVAC power requirements

Components and connectors

The following figure shows the front of the SR650 V4.

Front view of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR650 V4
Figure 2. Front view of the ThinkSystem SR650 V4 with 2.5-inch drive bays

For details on the front ports, including the optional front VGA port and optional external diagnostic port, see the Local management section.

The following figure shows the front configurations of the SR650 V4. The server supports either 2.5-inch hot-swap drives (8, 16 or 24 drive bays) or 3.5-inch hot-swap drives (8 or 12 bays) at the front. The server also supports up to 32 E3.S 1T hot-swap drive bays or up to 12 E3.S 2T bays for CXL memory.

Front view of the ThinkSystem SR650 V4
Figure 3. Front view configurations of the ThinkSystem SR650 V4

The following figure shows the components visible from the rear of the server. The figure shows one configuration, with ten PCIe slots, however there are additional rear configurations which include 3.5-inch drive bays or 2.5-inch drive bays, and rear-accessible hot-swap M.2 drive bays.

Rear view of the ThinkSystem SR650 V4
Figure 4. Rear view of the ThinkSystem SR650 V4 (configuration with ten PCIe slots)

The following figure shows the rear of the server when configured with open-loop cooling, either using the Lenovo Processor Neptune Core Module or the Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core Module. The inlet and outlet water hoses are routed through slot 8.

Rear of the SR650 V4 with open-loop water cooling
Figure 5. Rear of the SR650 V4 with open-loop water cooling

The following figure shows the locations of key components inside the server when configured with 4x 2.5-inch rear drive bays.

Internal view of the ThinkSystem SR650 V4
Figure 6. Internal view of the ThinkSystem SR650 V4

System architecture

The following figure shows the architectural block diagram of the SR650 V4, showing the major components and their connections.

SR650 V4 system architectural block diagram
Figure 7. SR650 V4 system architectural block diagram

Most of the PCIe connections are implemented using cables, which maximizes the flexibility in how the server can be configured. For example, the block diagram below shows how a configuration with 10 rear slots is connected.

SR650 V4 system architectural block diagram with 10 slots
Figure 8. SR650 V4 system architectural block diagram with 10 slots

Standard specifications

The following table lists the standard specifications.

Table 2. Standard specifications
Components Specification
Machine types 7DGC - 1 year warranty
7DGD - 3 year warranty
7DK2 - 3 year warranty - SR650 V4 with Compute Complex Neptune Core liquid cooling
Form factor 2U rack
Processor One or two Intel Xeon 6700P-series or 6500P-series processors (formerly codenamed "Granite Rapids"). Supports processors up to 86 cores and 172 threads, core speeds of up to 4.0 GHz, and TDP ratings of up to 350 W.
Chipset None. Integrated into the processor
Memory 32 DIMM slots with two processors (16 DIMM slots per processor). Each processor has 8 memory channels, with 2 DIMMs per channel (DPC). 16 DIMM slots with 2 processors when the Compute Complex Neptune Core liquid cooling is used (machine type 7DK2). Lenovo TruDDR5 RDIMMs and MRDIMMs are supported. RDIMMs operate at up to 6400 MHz at 1 DPC and up to 5200 MHz at 2 DPC. MRDIMMs are supported up to 8000 MHz. CXL 2.0 memory is also supported, up to 12 DIMMs (6 per processor) installed in E3.S 2T drive bays.
Memory maximum Up to 8TB by using 32x 256GB 3DS RDIMMs
Memory protection ECC, SDDC (for x4-based memory DIMMs), ADDDC (for x4-based memory DIMMs), and memory mirroring.
Disk drive bays

Up to 16x 3.5-inch or 40x 2.5-inch or 32x E3.S hot-swap drive bays:

  • Front bays can be 3.5-inch (8 or 12 bays), or 2.5-inch (8, 16 or 24 bays), or E3.S (32 bays)
  • Middle bays are 2.5-inch (4 or 8 bays)
  • Rear bays can be 3.5-inch (4 bays) or 2.5-inch (4 or 8 bays)
  • Combinations of SAS/SATA, NVMe, or AnyBay (supporting SAS, SATA or NVMe) are available

M.2 support, for OS boot and drive storage support:

  • 2x front or rear hot-swap M.2 drive bays, or
  • Internal M.2 module supporting up to two M.2 drives

See Supported drive bay combinations for details. AnyBay bays support SAS, SATA or NVMe drives. NVMe bays only support NVMe drives.

Maximum internal storage
  • 2.5-inch drives:
    • 1228.8TB using 40x 30.72TB 2.5-inch SAS/SATA SSDs
    • 2211.84TB using 36x 61.44TB 2.5-inch NVMe SSDs
    • 96TB using 40x 2.4TB 2.5-inch HDDs
  • E3.S drives
    • 491.52TB using 32x 15.36TB E3.S EDSFF NVMe SSDs
  • 3.5-inch drives:
    • 384TB using 16x 24TB 3.5-inch HDDs
    • 245.76TB using 16x 15.36TB 3.5-inch SAS/SATA SSDs
    • 15.36TB using 4x 3.84TB 3.5-inch NVMe SSDs
Storage controllers
  • Up to 36x Onboard NVMe ports (RAID support using Intel VROC, or with the use of a Tri-mode RAID adapter)
  • 12 Gb SAS/SATA RAID adapters, PCIe 4.0 or PCIe 3.0 host interface
  • 12 Gb SAS/SATA HBA (non-RAID), PCIe 4.0 or PCIe 3.0 host interface
Optical drive bays No internal optical drive.
Tape drive bays No internal backup drive.
Network interfaces Two dedicated OCP 3.0 SFF slots with a PCIe 5.0 host interface, either x8 or x16. Support a variety of 2-port and 4-port adapters with up to 400 GbE network connectivity. One port of each installed OCP adapter can optionally be shared with the XClarity Controller (XCC) management processor for Wake-on-LAN and NC-SI support.
PCI Expansion slots

Up to 10x slots, all at the rear, plus 2x OCP slots. All slots are PCIe 5.0. The use of Riser 3 and 4 requires 2 processors.

  • Riser 1: 2x low-profile slots, x8 or x16 (CPU 1)
  • Riser 2: 3x full-height slots, two x16 and one x8 (CPU 1)
  • Riser 3: 3x full-height slots, two x16 and one x8 (CPU 2)
  • Riser 4: 2x low-profile slots, x8 or x16 (CPU 2)

Other slot configurations are available. See the I/O expansion for details.

The server also supports rear 2.5" or 3.5" drive bays, and rear hot-swap M.2 drives, instead of some slots. If the server has 8x 2.5-inch rear drive bays, then Riser 1 slots are full-height.

All configurations include at the rear of the server:

  • 2x OCP slots with PCIe 5.0 x16 or x8 connection

For 2.5-inch front drive configurations, the server supports the installation of a CFF RAID adapter or HBA in a dedicated area that does not consume any of the rear PCIe slots.

GPU support Support for up to 10x single-wide GPUs or 2x double-wide GPUs
Ports

Front: External diagnostics port, optional 2x USB 3 (5 Gb/s) port, one supports XCC local management, optional Mini DisplayPort (miniDP) v1.1a video port.

Rear: 2x USB 3 (5 Gb/s) ports, 1x VGA video port, 1x RJ-45 1GbE systems management port for XCC remote management. Optional DB-9 COM serial port (installs in a slot). Support for an optional second RJ-45 1GbE systems management port for XCC remote management (installs in OCP adapter slot). Support for an optional adapter to share an incoming remote management network connection across 4 servers (installs in an OCP slot).

Internal: Optional 1x USB 3 (5 Gb/s) connector for operating system or license key purposes

Cooling 6x (with two processors installed) or 5x (with one processor installed) single-rotor or dual-rotor hot swap 60 mm fans, configuration dependent. Fans are N+1 redundant, tolerating a single-rotor failure. One fan integrated in each power supply. For customers with water infrastructure in their data center, the server also supports open-loop water cooling for efficient heat removal.
Power supply Up to two hot-swap redundant AC power supplies, 80 PLUS Platinum or 80 PLUS Titanium certification. 800W, 1300W, 2000W, 2700W and 3200W AC options. All AC power supplies support 230V power; some also support 115V input supply. In China only, all power supply options support 240 V DC. Support for HVDC and -48V DC power supply options.
Video Embedded graphics with 16 MB memory with 2D hardware accelerator, integrated into the XClarity Controller 3 management controller. Two video ports (rear VGA and optional front Mini DisplayPort); both can be used simultaneously if desired. Maximum resolution is 1920x1200 32bpp at 60Hz.
Hot-swap parts Drives, power supplies, and fans.
Systems management Operator panel with status LEDs. Optional External Diagnostics Handset with LCD display. Clarity Controller 3 (XCC3) embedded management based on the ASPEED AST2600 baseboard management controller (BMC) and OpenBMC, XClarity Administrator centralized infrastructure delivery, XClarity Integrator plugins, and XClarity Energy Manager centralized server power management. Optional XCC3 Premier to enable remote control functions and other features.
Security features Chassis intrusion switch, Power-on password, administrator's password, Root of Trust module supporting TPM 2.0 and Platform Firmware Resiliency (PFR). Optional lockable front security bezel.
Operating systems supported Microsoft Windows Server, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server, VMware ESXi, Ubuntu Server. See the Operating system support section for specifics.
Limited warranty Three-year or one-year (model dependent) customer-replaceable unit and onsite limited warranty with 9x5 next business day (NBD).
Service and support Optional service upgrades are available through Lenovo Services: 4-hour or 2-hour response time, 6-hour fix time, 1-year or 2-year warranty extension, software support for Lenovo hardware and some third-party applications.
Dimensions Width: 445 mm (17.5 in.), height: 87 mm (3.4 in.), depth: 796 mm (31.3 in.). See Physical and electrical specifications for details.
Weight Maximum weight: 38.8 kg (85.5 lb)

Models

ThinkSystem SR650 V4 models can be configured by using the Lenovo Data Center Solution Configurator (DCSC).

Topics in this section:

CTO models

ThinkSystem SR650 V4 models can be configured by using the Lenovo Data Center Solution Configurator (DCSC).

Preconfigured server models may also be available for the SR650 V4, however these are region-specific; that is, each region may define their own server models, and not all server models are available in every region.

The following table lists the base CTO models of the ThinkSystem SR650 V4 server.

Table 3. Base CTO models
Machine Type/Model Description
7DGDCTO1WW ThinkSystem SR650 V4 – 3-year warranty
7DGCCTO1WW ThinkSystem SR650 V4 – 1-year warranty

The SR650 V4 uses an additional machine type of 7DK2 for water-cooled servers using the Compute Complex Neptune Core Module, where memory is water-cooled in addition to the two CPUs, as listed in the following table.

Servers of machine type 7DK2 share components with machine types 7DGD and 7DGC, however the system board is different. Specifically, there are fewer DIMM slots and the DIMM slots are spaced wider apart to accommodate the heat-transfer components.

Table 4. Base CTO models for CPU+Memory water cooling
Machine Type/Model
General purpose
Machine Type/Model
for AI and HPC
Description
7DK2CTO1WW - ThinkSystem SR650 V4 CPU+DIMM DWC - 3yr Warranty

CTO models for Windows 10 and Windows 11

The SR650 V4 can run Windows 10 and Windows 11, however only a subset of adapters and drives can be installed. For ease of configuration, the following Base CTO models have been announced to assist building a configuration that can be used with the client operating systems.

Table 5. Base CTO models for SR650 V4 with Windows 10 and Windows 11
Machine Type/Model Description
7DGDCTO3WW ThinkSystem SR650 V4 Workstation - 3 year Warranty
7DGCCTO3WW ThinkSystem SR650 V4 Workstation - 1 year Warranty

Base feature codes

Models of the SR650 V4 are defined based on the configuration of front drives. The feature codes for these chassis bases are as listed in the following table.

Table 6. Chassis base feature codes
Feature code Description Purpose
C3QL ThinkSystem SR650 V4 12x3.5" Chassis Configurations with front 3.5-inch hot-swap drives
C3QK ThinkSystem SR650 V4 24x2.5" Chassis Configurations with front 2.5-inch hot-swap drives
C3QM ThinkSystem SR650 V4 EDSFF 3.S Chassis Configurations with front E3.S drive bays

Preconfigured models

The following tables list the available preconfigured models, grouped by region.

Refer to the Specifications section for information about standard features of the server.

Common to all models:

  • Power supplies are Platinum unless otherwise stated
  • All models include a Toolless Slide Rail Kit

Models for Asia Pacific region

The following table lists the models for the Asia Pacific region: Australia, Bangladesh, Brunei, Hong Kong, India, Japan, Korea, Sri Lanka, Malaysia, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Taiwan, Vietnam

Table 7. Models for Asia Pacific markets
Model Intel Xeon Scalable processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply
Fans
Internal USB
Front USB/DP
XCC3
Intru switch
Standard models with a 1-year warranty (machine type 7DGC)
7DGCA00EAP 1x 6505P 12C 150W 2.2G 1x16GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 1x 4x1G 5719 Slots 1&2: x8 LP, Slot 5 x16 2x 800W PT 5x Std Y Y Std Opt
TopSeller models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7DGD)
7DGDA00DAP 1x 6505P 12C 150W 2.2G 1x16GB 9350-16i 12x 3.5" SAS Open bay 1x 4x1G 5719 Slots 1&2: x8 LP, Slot 5 x16 2x 800W PT 5x Std Y Y Std Opt
7DGDA00FAP 1x 6505P 12C 150W 2.2G 1x16GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 1x 4x1G 5719 Slots 1&2: x8 LP, Slot 5 x16 2x 800W PT 5x Std Y Y Std Opt
7DGDA00GAP 1x 6507P 8C 150W 3.5G 1x16GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 1x 4x1G 5719 Slots 1&2: x8 LP, Slot 5 x16 2x 800W PT 5x Std Y Y Std Opt
7DGDA00EAP 1x 6515P 16C 150W 2.4G 1x16GB 9350-16i 12x 3.5" SAS Open bay 1x 4x1G 5719 Slots 1&2: x8 LP, Slot 5 x16 2x 800W PT 5x Std Y Y Std Opt
7DGDA00HAP 1x 6515P 16C 150W 2.4G 1x16GB 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 1x 4x1G 5719 Slots 1&2: x8 LP, Slot 5 x16 2x 800W PT 5x Std Y Y Std Opt

† Processor description: Processor model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Models for EMEA region

Table 8. Models for EMEA region
Model Intel Xeon Scalable processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots Power
supply
Fans
Internal USB
Front USB/DP
XCC3
Intru switch
Standard models with a 1-year warranty (machine type 7DGC)
7DGCA00DEA 1x 6505P 12C 150W 2.2G 1x32GB 2Rx8 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x800W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
Standard models with a 3-year warranty (machine type 7DGD)
7DGDA00JEA 1x 6505P 12C 150W 2.2G 1x32GB 2Rx8 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x800W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00NEA 1x 6505P 12C 150W 2.2G 1x32GB 2Rx8 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00UEA 1x 6505P 12C 150W 2.2G 4x64GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00KEA 1x 6507P 8C 150W 3.5G 1x32GB 2Rx8 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x800W TT Prem 5x Perf Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00PEA 1x 6507P 8C 150W 3.5G 1x32GB 2Rx8 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Perf Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00VEA 1x 6507P 8C 150W 3.5G 4x64GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Perf Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00LEA 1x 6515P 16C 150W 2.4G 1x32GB 2Rx8 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x800W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00QEA 1x 6515P 16C 150W 2.4G 1x32GB 2Rx8 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00WEA 1x 6515P 16C 150W 2.4G 4x64GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA014EA 1x 6515P 16C 150W 2.4G 4x64GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay
M.2 B540p Rear SATA/NVMe RAID, 2x 480GB ER3 M.2
Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00MEA 1x 6517P 16C 190W 3.2G 1x32GB 2Rx8 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x800W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00REA 1x 6517P 16C 190W 3.2G 1x32GB 2Rx8 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00XEA 1x 6517P 16C 190W 3.2G 4x64GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00SEA 1x 6520P 24C 210W 2.4G 1x32GB 2Rx8 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00YEA 1x 6520P 24C 210W 2.4G 4x64GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA010EA 1x 6527P 24C 255W 3.0G 4x64GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00TEA 1x 6530P 32C 225W 2.3G 1x32GB 2Rx8 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA00ZEA 1x 6530P 32C 225W 2.3G 4x64GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA015EA 1x 6530P 32C 225W 2.3G 4x64GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay
M.2 B540p Rear SATA/NVMe RAID, 2x 480GB ER3 M.2
Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA011EA 1x 6714P 8C 165W 4.0G 4x64GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Perf Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA012EA 1x 6724P 16C 210W 3.6G 4x64GB 940-8i 4GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes
7DGDA013EA 1x 6737P 32C 270W 2.9G 1x32GB 2Rx8 9350-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open Slot 5 x16 1x1300W TT Prem 5x Std Opt Opt Pre Yes

† Processor description: Processor model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency

Processors

The SR650 V4 supports one or two of the following Intel processors:

  • Intel Xeon 6500-series with P-cores (formerly "Granite Rapids" or GNR)
  • Intel Xeon 6700-series with P-cores (formerly "Granite Rapids" or GNR)

Topics in this section:

Processor options

The following table lists the Intel Xeon 6500 and 6700-series processors with P-cores that are supported by the SR650 V4.

Compute Complex Neptune Core Module support: As described in the Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core Module - Open-loop liquid cooling section, two processors are required. As a result, if you are configuring the SR650 V4 with machine type 7DK2, then the CPUs with a maximum quantity of only 1 processor are not supported.

Table 9. Intel Xeon 6500 and 6700 P-core processor support
Part
number
Feature
code
SKU Description Maximum
quantity
Intel Xeon 6500-series with P-cores
4XG7B03703 C5QQ 6505P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6505P 12C 150W 2.2GHz Processor w/o fan 2
4XG7B03700 C5R6 6507P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6507P 8C 150W 3.5GHz Processor w/o fan 2
CTO only C5RB 6511P Intel Xeon 6511P 16C 150W 2.3GHz Processor 1*
4XG7B03705 C5RD 6515P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6515P 16C 150W 2.4GHz Processor w/o fan 2
4XG7B03701 C5QV 6517P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6517P 16C 190W 3.2GHz Processor w/o fan 2
4XG7B03707 C5QR 6520P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6520P 24C 210W 2.4GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only C5R9 6521P Intel Xeon 6521P 24C 225W 2.6GHz Processor 1*
4XG7B03696 C659 6527P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6527P 24C 255W 3.1GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7B03691 C5QT 6530P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6530P 32C 225W 2.3GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
Intel Xeon 6700-series with P-cores
4XG7B03702 C5R7 6714P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6714P 8C 165W 4.0GHz Processor w/o fan 2
4XG7B03704 C5R5 6724P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6724P 16C 210W 3.6GHz Processor w/o fan 2
4XG7B03693 C5R4 6730P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6730P 32C 250W 2.5GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only C5QN 6731P Intel Xeon 6731P 32C 245W 2.5GHz Processor 1*
4XG7B03698 C5R0 6736P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6736P 36C 205W 2.0GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7B03706 C5QX 6737P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6737P 32C 270W 2.9GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7B03695 C5R3 6740P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6740P 48C 270W 1.9GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only C5QU 6741P Intel Xeon 6741P 48C 300W 2.5GHz Processor 1*
4XG7B03690 C5R8 6747P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6747P 48C 330W 2.7GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
4XG7B03697 C5R1 6760P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6760P 64C 330W 2.2GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only C5QW 6761P Intel Xeon 6761P 64C 350W 2.5GHz Processor 1*
4XG7B03692 C5QY 6767P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6767P 64C 350W 2.4GHz Processor w/o Fan 2
CTO only C5QP 6781P Intel Xeon 6781P 80C 350W 2.0GHz Processor 1*
4XG7B03694 C5QM 6787P ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intel Xeon 6787P 86C 350W 2.0GHz Processor w/o Fan 2

* These processors are only supported in 1-socket configurations; configure-to-order (CTO) only, no field upgrades are supported, not supported with Compute Complex Neptune Core (machine type 7DK2)

Processor features

Processors supported by the SR650 V4 include embedded accelerators to add even more processing capability:

  • QuickAssist Technology (Intel QAT)

    Help reduce system resource consumption by providing accelerated cryptography, key protection, and data compression with Intel QuickAssist Technology (Intel QAT). By offloading encryption and decryption, this built-in accelerator helps free up processor cores and helps systems serve a larger number of clients.

  • Intel Dynamic Load Balancer (Intel DLB)

    Improve the system performance related to handling network data on multi-core Intel Xeon Scalable processors. Intel Dynamic Load Balancer (Intel DLB) enables the efficient distribution of network processing across multiple CPU cores/threads and dynamically distributes network data across multiple CPU cores for processing as the system load varies. Intel DLB also restores the order of networking data packets processed simultaneously on CPU cores.

  • Intel Data Streaming Accelerator (Intel DSA)

    Drive high performance for storage, networking, and data-intensive workloads by improving streaming data movement and transformation operations. Intel Data Streaming Accelerator (Intel DSA) is designed to offload the most common data movement tasks that cause overhead in data center-scale deployments. Intel DSA helps speed up data movement across the CPU, memory, and caches, as well as all attached memory, storage, and network devices.

  • Intel In-Memory Analytics Accelerator (Intel IAA)

    Run database and analytics workloads faster, with potentially greater power efficiency. Intel In-Memory Analytics Accelerator (Intel IAA) increases query throughput and decreases the memory footprint for in-memory database and big data analytics workloads. Intel IAA is ideal for in-memory databases, open source databases and data stores like RocksDB, Redis, Cassandra, and MySQL.

The processors also support a separate and encrypted memory space, known as the SGX Enclave, for use by Intel Software Guard Extensions (SGX). The size of the SGX Enclave supported varies by processor model. Intel SGX offers hardware-based memory encryption that isolates specific application code and data in memory. It allows user-level code to allocate private regions of memory (enclaves) which are designed to be protected from processes running at higher privilege levels.

The following table summarizes the key features of the Intel Xeon 6500 and 6700 P-cores processors that are supported in the SR650 V4.

Table 10. Intel 6500 and 6700 P-core processor features
CPU
model
Die Cores/
threads
Core speed
(Base / TB max)
L3 cache Mem.
chan
Max RDIMM
speed
Max MRDIMM
speed
UPI 2.0 links
& speed
PCIe
lanes
TDP Accelerators SGX Enclave
Size
QAT
DLB
DSA
IAA
Intel Xeon 6500-series with P-cores
6505P LCC 12 / 24 2.2GHz / 4.1 GHz 48 MB 8 6400 MHz None 4 / GT/s 88 150W 2 2 2 2 128GB
6507P LCC 8 / 16 3.5GHz / 4.3 GHz 48 MB 8 6400 MHz None 4 / GT/s 88 150W 2 2 2 2 512GB
6511P LCC 16 / 32 2.5GHz / 4.2 GHz 72 MB 8 6400 MHz None None‡ 88 150W 2 2 2 2 128GB
6515P LCC 16 / 32 2.4GHz / 3.8 GHz 72 MB 8 6400 MHz None 4 / GT/s 88 150W 2 2 2 2 128GB
6517P LCC 16 / 32 3.2GHz / 4.2 GHz 72 MB 8 6400 MHz None 4 / GT/s 88 190W 2 2 2 2 512GB
6520P HCC 24 / 48 2.4GHz / 4 GHz 144 MB 8 6400 MHz None 4 / GT/s 88 210W 2 2 2 2 128GB
6521P HCC 24 / 48 2.6GHz / 4.1 GHz 144 MB 8 6400 MHz None None‡ 88 225W 3 3 3 3 128GB
6527P HCC 24 / 48 3.0GHz / 4.2 GHz 144 MB 8 6400 MHz None 4 / GT/s 88 255W 4 4 4 4 512GB
6530P HCC 32 / 64 2.3GHz / 4.1 GHz 144 MB 8 6400 MHz None 4 / GT/s 88 225W 2 2 2 2 128GB
Intel Xeon 6700-series with P-cores
6714P LCC 8 / 16 4.0GHz / 4.3 GHz 48 MB 8 6400 MHz None 4 / GT/s 88 165W 2 2 2 2 512GB
6724P LCC 16 / 32 3.6GHz / 4.3 GHz 72 MB 8 6400 MHz None 4 / GT/s 88 210W 2 2 2 2 512GB
6730P HCC 32 / 64 2.5GHz / 3.8 GHz 288 MB 8 6400 MHz None 4 / GT/s 88 250W 4 4 4 4 512GB
6731P HCC 32 / 64 2.5GHz / 4.1 GHz 144 MB 8 6400 MHz None None‡ 88 245W 3 3 3 3 128GB
6736P HCC 36 / 72 2.0GHz / 4.1 GHz 144 MB 8 6400 MHz None 4 / GT/s 88 205W 4 4 4 4 512GB
6737P HCC 32 / 64 2.9GHz / 4 GHz 144 MB 8 6400 MHz None 4 / GT/s 88 270W 4 4 4 4 512GB
6740P XCC 48 / 96 1.9GHz / 3.8 GHz 288 MB 8 6400 MHz None 4 / GT/s 88 270W 2 2 2 2 128 GB
6741P XCC 48 / 96 2.5GHz / 3.8 GHz 288 MB 8 6400 MHz None None‡ 88 300W 3 3 3 3 128 GB
6747P XCC 48 / 96 2.7GHz / 3.9 GHz 288 MB 8 6400 MHz 8000 MHz 4 / GT/s 88 330W 4 4 4 4 512 GB
6760P XCC 64 / 128 2.2GHz / 3.8 GHz 320 MB 8 6400 MHz None 4 / GT/s 88 330W 2 2 2 2 128 GB
6761P XCC 64 / 128 2.5GHz / 3.9 GHz 336 MB 8 6400 MHz 8000 MHz None‡ 88 350W 3 3 3 3 128 GB
6767P XCC 64 / 128 2.4GHz / 3.9 GHz 336 MB 8 6400 MHz 8000 MHz 4 / GT/s 88 350W 4 4 4 4 512 GB
6781P XCC 80 / 160 2.0GHz / 3.8 GHz 336 MB 8 6400 MHz 8000 MHz None‡ 88 350W 3 3 3 3 128 GB
6787P XCC 86 / 172 2.0GHz / 3.8 GHz 336 MB 8 6400 MHz 8000 MHz 4 / GT/s 88 350W 4 4 4 4 512 GB

‡ These processors not have UPI links and are rich one-socket (R1S) processors

Intel On Demand feature licensing

Intel Xeon 6 processors do not support Intel On Demand feature licensing for Accelerators.

One-processor configurations

The SR650 V4 can be used with one processor installed. Most core functions of the server (including the XClarity Controller) are connected to processor 1 as shown in the System architecture section.

With only one processor, the server has the following capabilities:

  • 16 memory DIMMs
  • Riser 1 (slots 1 & 2) and Riser 2 (slots 3, 4, 5)
  • OCP slot 1
  • Up to 16x 2.5-inch NVMe drives using onboard NVMe connections (24x NVMe supported using Tri-Mode)
  • Up to 16x E3.S 1T NVMe drives
  • Up to 6x CXL memory modules in E3.S 2T drive bays
  • Internal RAID adapter or HBA (CFF form factor)
  • M.2 drives

Processor cooling

The SR650 V4 offers four implementations to remove heat from the processors:

  • Entry heatsinks, suitable for configurations that generate lower heat levels, and processors ≤ 205W
  • Standard heatsinks with integrated heat pipes, suitable for configurations that generate lower heat levels, and processors ≤ 330W
  • Performance heatsinks with separate radiator connected heat pipes, suitable for most configurations
  • Open-loop liquid cooling of the processors, as described in the Lenovo Processor Neptune Core Module section
  • Open-loop liquid cooling of the processors and memory, as described in the Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core Module section

For details about what configurations are supported with each, see the Thermal Rules section in the Lenovo Docs site for the SR650 V4:
https://pubs.lenovo.com/sr630-v4/thermal_rules

Ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 11. Processor cooling options
Feature code Description Purpose
Cooling options for machine types 7DGD and 7DGC
BPDQ ThinkSystem SR650 V3 AL Extrusion Entry Heatsink Entry 2U heatsink. Automatically selected based on the server configuration.
BPDR ThinkSystem SR850 V3/SR650 V3 Standard Heatsink w/ Heatpipes Standard 2U heatsink. Automatically selected based on the server configuration.
C3QR ThinkSystem V4 2U Performance Heatsink Performance 2U heatsink. Automatically selected based on the server configuration.
C1XH ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U Processor Neptune Core Module Enables open-loop liquid cooling of the processors. See the Lenovo Processor Neptune Core Module section.
Cooling options for machine type 7DK2 (CPU+Memory water cooling)
C6AY ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U Compute Complexity Neptune Core Module Enables open-loop liquid cooling of the processors, memory and voltage regulators. See the Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core Module section.

Lenovo Processor Neptune Core Module - Open-loop liquid cooling

The SR650 V4 also supports advanced direct-water cooling (DWC) capability with the Lenovo Processor Neptune Core Module. This module implements a liquid cooling solution where heat from the processors is removed from the rack and the data center using an open loop and coolant distrubution units.

With the Processor Neptune Core Module, all heat generated by the processors is removed from the server using water. This means that the server fans and data center air conditioning units only need to remove the heat generated by the other components. This results in lower air conditioning costs and it enables the use of slower fans which results in lower overall power consumption.

Internal testing has shows a 63% fan power saving per node and 24.7% rack-level power saving with the use of open-loop liquid cooling. Power savings are configuration dependent.

The following figure shows the Lenovo Processor Neptune Core Module.

Lenovo Neptune Processor DWC Module
Figure 9. Lenovo Processor Neptune Core Module

The Processor Neptune Core Module also includes a leak detection module which can detect a leakage of more than 0.5ml (about 10 drops) along the length of the tube and then issue an event to the XClarity Controller. XCC will then post an error to the System Event Log and enable further actions. Once the liquid evaporates, a further event is issue to XCC.

The Processor Neptune Core Module is only available in CTO orders, not as a field upgrade. Ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 12. Lenovo Processor Neptune Core Module
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only C1XH* ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U Processor Neptune Core Module

* In DCSC, this feature code is listed in the Processor tab

Configuration notes:

  • The Processor Neptune Core Module requires water infrastructure be available in the rack cabinet and data center, as described in the Water infrastructure section.
  • All processor SKUs are supported
  • Either one or two CPUs are supported
  • All front drive bay configurations are supported
  • Slot 8 is not available for adapters - the water loop is routed through the space otherwise occupied by slot 8
  • Rear drive bays are supported
  • M.2 adapters are supported based on the configurations in the Storage configurations section
  • Standard fans can be configured in most configurations
  • The use of a cable management arm (CMA) is not supported

For more information, see the Thermal Rules page:
https://pubs.lenovo.com/sr650-v4/thermal_rules

Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core Module - Open-loop liquid cooling

The SR650 V4 also supports advanced direct-water cooling (DWC) of the processors, memory DIMMs, and voltage regulators (collectively called the compute complex) with the Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core Module. This heat is removed from the rack and the data center using an open loop and coolant distrubution units.

With this solution, all heat generated by the compute complex is removed from the server using water, which means that the server fans and data center air conditioning units only need to remove the heat generated by the other components. This results in lower air conditioning costs and it enables the use of slower fans which results in lower overall power consumption.

Internal testing has shows an 92% fan power saving per node and 35.9% rack-level power saving with the use of open-loop liquid cooling. Power savings are configuration dependent. A rack cabinet with 20x SR650 V4 servers using 100% air cooling (PUE 1.6) requires 44.8 kW of data center power, including data center cooling costs, whereas 20x servers with Compute Complex Neptune Core Module with 80% liquid cooling (PUE 1.05) and 20% air cooling (PUE 1.6) requires 28.7 kW of data center power. This represents a 35.9% power saving at the rack level.

The following figure shows the Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core Module. The water flows past all DIMMs in parallel and then passes across both processors.

Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core Module
Figure 10. Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core Module

The Compute Complex Neptune Core Module also includes a leak detection module which can detect a leakage of more than 0.5ml (about 10 drops) along the length of the tube and then issue an event to the XClarity Controller. XCC will then post an error to the System Event Log and enable further actions. Once the liquid evaporates, a further event is issue to XCC.

The Compute Complex Neptune Core Module is only available in CTO orders, not as a field upgrade. The component listed in the following table will be automatically derived by the configurator when you build a server using machine type 7DK2 (see Models section).

Table 13. Compute Complex Neptune Core open-loop cooling
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only C6AY ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U Compute Complexity Neptune Core Module

Configuration notes:

  • The SR650 V4 must be configured using machine type 7DK2.
  • The Compute Complex Neptune Core Module requires water infrastructure be available in the rack cabinet and data center, as described in the Water infrastructure section.
  • Two processors are required; single-processor configurations are not supported
  • All processor SKUs are supported except those that are only supported in 1-socket configurations
  • Up to 16 DIMMs are supported, 8 per processor (1 DIMM per channel)
  • Drive bay configurations are supported as listed in the the Storage configurations section.

  • Slot 8 is not available for adapters - the water loop is routed through the space otherwise occupied by slot 8

  • M.2 adapters are supported based on the configurations in the Storage configurations section
  • Standard fans can be configured in most configurations
  • The use of a cable management arm (CMA) is not supported

For more information, see the Thermal Rules page for the direct water cooling module:
https://pubs.lenovo.com/sr650-v4/thermal_rules

UEFI operating modes

The SR650 V4 offers preset operating modes that affect energy consumption and performance. These modes are a collection of predefined low-level UEFI settings that simplify the task of tuning the server to suit your business and workload requirements.

The following table lists the feature codes that allow you to specify the mode you wish to preset in the factory for CTO orders.

UK and EU customers: For compliance with the ERP Lot9 regulation, you should select feature C3JB. For some systems, you may not be able to make a selection, in which case, it will be automatically derived by the configurator.

Table 14. UEFI operating mode presets in DCSC
Feature code Description
C3JB General Computing - Power Efficiency (default)
C3JA General Computing - Peak Frequency
C3J9 General Computing - Max Performance
C3J8 High Performance Computing (HPC)

The preset modes for the SR650 V4 are as follows:

  • General Computing - Power Efficiency (feature C3JB): This workload profile optimizes the performance per watt efficiency with a bias towards performance. This workload profile is analogous to “Efficiency – Favor Performance” operating mode on ThinkSystem V3 servers. This profile contains settings for ENERGY STAR® and ERP Lot9 compliance.
  • General Computing - Peak Frequency (feature C3JA): This workload profile is defined by the requirement to drive the highest core frequencies out of a processor across a subset of cores available – not for all cores active. This workload profile benefits workloads requiring either high per core and / or overall CPU package frequency. These workloads may have variable resource demands, are relatively insensitive to overall platform latency, and are generally CPU clock constrained. Tuning a system for highest possible core frequency may mean allowing inactive cores to transfer in and out of sleep states (C-states), which allows active cores to run at higher frequency for different durations of time. Allowing cores to go into low power states allows for higher per core frequency but can introduce “jitter” in the systems clock frequency.
  • General Computing - Max Performance (feature C3J9): This workload profile maximizes the absolute performance of the system without regard for power savings. Power savings features are disabled. This operating mode should be used when an application can sustain work across all cores simultaneously and is Non-uniform Memory Access (NUMA) aware.
  • High Performance Computing (HPC) (feature C3J8): This profile is for customers running large-scale scientific and engineering workloads. These environments tend to be clustered environments where each node performs at maximum utilization for extended periods of time, and the application is Non-uniform Memory Access (NUMA) aware.

Memory

The SR650 V4 uses Lenovo TruDDR5 memory operating at up to 8000 MHz. The server supports up to 32 DIMMs with 2 processors. The processors have 8 memory channels and support 2 DIMMs per channel (DPC). The server supports up to 8TB of memory using 32x 256GB RDIMMs and two processors. The server also supports up to 12x CXL memory DIMMs (6 per CPU) which are installed in E3.S 2T drive bays.

DIMMs operate at the following speeds, up to the memory bus speed of the processor selected. See the Processor features section for specifics.

  • RDIMMs and 3DS RDIMMs:
    • 1 DIMM per channel: Up to 6400 MHz
    • 2 DIMMs per channel using RDIMMs: Up to 5200 MHz
  • MRDIMMs (support for MRDIMMs is processor-model dependent)
    • 1 DIMM per channel: 8000 MHz
  • CXL 2.0 DIMMs - installs in E3.S 2T front drive bays
    • Up to 12 DIMMs per server (6 per CPU)

Water-cooled memory: The SR650 V4 can also be configure to implement water-cooling for installed memory DIMMs using the Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core Module. The server is limited to 16 DIMM slots (8 DIMMs per processor, 1 DIMM per channel). For more information see the Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core Module section.

Lenovo TruDDR5 memory uses the highest quality components that are sourced from Tier 1 DRAM suppliers and only memory that meets the strict requirements of Lenovo is selected. It is compatibility tested and tuned to maximize performance and reliability. From a service and support standpoint, Lenovo TruDDR5 memory automatically assumes the system warranty, and Lenovo provides service and support worldwide.

The following table lists the RDIMMs, 3DS RDIMMs, and MRDIMMs memory that are currently supported by the SR650 V4. These DIMMs are installed in the DIMM slots adjacent to the processors. The table also lists the supported quantities. The "CPU+Mem water cooled" DIMM quantity column is when the server is configured to use Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core Module for water-cooled memory.

Table 15. Memory options for DIMM slots
Part
number
Feature
code
Description DRAM
technology
Quantities supported per CPU (double for 2 CPUs)
P-cores CPUs P-cores
CPU+Mem water cooled
x4 RDIMMs
4X77A90964 C0U9 ThinkSystem 32GB TruDDR5 6400MHz (1Rx4) RDIMM 16Gb 4, 8 per CPU 4, 8 per CPU
4X77A90966 C0TQ ThinkSystem 64GB TruDDR5 6400MHz (2Rx4) RDIMM 16Gb 4, 8, 16 per CPU 4, 8 per CPU
4X77A90997 BZ7D ThinkSystem 96GB TruDDR5 6400MHz (2Rx4) RDIMM 24Gb 4, 8, 16 per CPU 4, 8 per CPU
4X77A90993 C0U1 ThinkSystem 128GB TruDDR5 6400MHz (2Rx4) RDIMM 32Gb 8, 16 per CPU 8 per CPU
x8 RDIMMs
4X77A90963 C0U2 ThinkSystem 16GB TruDDR5 6400MHz (1Rx8) RDIMM 16Gb 4, 8 per CPU 4, 8 per CPU
4X77A90965 BYTJ ThinkSystem 32GB TruDDR5 6400MHz (2Rx8) RDIMM 16Gb 4, 8, 12, 16 per CPU 4, 8 per CPU
4X77A90996 BZ7C ThinkSystem 48GB TruDDR5 6400MHz (2Rx8) RDIMM 24Gb 4, 8 per CPU 4, 8 per CPU
3DS RDIMMs
4X77A90994 C0U0 ThinkSystem 256GB TruDDR5 6400MHz (4Rx4) 3DS RDIMM 16Gb 8, 16 per CPU 8 per CPU
MRDIMMs (operate at 8000 MHz in the SR650 V4) (Note: Not all processors support MRDIMMs - see Processor features)
4X77A90998 C0TY ThinkSystem 32GB TruDDR5 8800MHz (2Rx8) MRDIMM - 8 per CPU 8 per CPU
4X77A90999 C0TX ThinkSystem 64GB TruDDR5 8800MHz (2Rx4) MRDIMM - 8 per CPU 8 per CPU

The following table lists the CXL memory that are currently supported by the SR650 V4. These memory options are installed in the front E3.S 2T drive bays at the front of the server.

Table 16. CXL memory options
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Quantities supported per CPU (double for 2 CPUs)
P-cores
CPUs
P-cores
CPU+Mem
water cooled
CXL DIMMs
4X77A91000 C0TW ThinkSystem 96GB E3.S 2T CXL DIMM 6 per CPU No support
4X77A91001 C0TV ThinkSystem 128GB E3.S 2T CXL DIMM 6 per CPU No support

For servers that have a combination of DDR5 memory and CXL memory, you can specify how you want to the memory spaces to be presented to the operating system. For CTO orders, you can specify the factory to set the memory mode, as described in the table below. The memory mode can also be changed in UEFI at a later stage.

Memory mirroring: The use of memory mirroring is mutually exclusive with both of these modes.

Table 17. Interleaving choices for CTO orders (Memory tab in DCSC)
Part number Feature
code
Description Purpose
CTO only C8VB DDR5 and (volatile) CXL Memory interleaved together in one 12-way set This mode supports memory interleave between CXL memory and DDR memory. Interleaving of memory requests across a combination of native attach DDR5 channels and CXL-connected memory to increase aggregate bandwidth. The entire combined capacity of DDR memory and CXL memory is visible to the software as a single NUMA domain. As a result, no software changes are needed in the system to use heterogeneous interleave mode.
CTO only C8VC Native DDR5(1LM) and CXL Memory(volatile) visible to SW as separate tiers, separately interleaved This is a 2-tier memory mode, where the DDR5 memory and CXL memory are different address spaces and separate NUMA nodes. This mode is also referred to as Software Managed tiering because the application must manage the placement of data in separate tiers and must manage any desired movement of data between tiers. This management of placement and movement may be performed by the OS, or by a higher-level middleware or directly by an application.

For more information on this memory, see the following Lenovo Press papers,

The following rules apply when specifying the memory configuration:

  • The tables above list the supported quantities per processor. For two processors, install the same number of DIMMs to each processor. Other quantities are not supported.
  • Only a subset of processors support MRDIMMs - see the table in the Processor features section for specifics.
  • All memory installed DIMMs, except for CXL memory, must be identical part numbers; mixing not supported
  • CXL memory can be mixed with the following RDIMMs
    • ThinkSystem 64GB TruDDR5 6400MHz (2Rx4) RDIMM, 4X77A90966
    • ThinkSystem 96GB TruDDR5 6400MHz (2Rx4) RDIMM, 4X77A90997
    • ThinkSystem 128GB TruDDR5 6400MHz (2Rx4) RDIMM, 4X77A90993
  • CXL memory is installed in E3.S 2T drive bays, however hot-swap functionality is not supported

For best performance, consider the following:

  • Ensure the memory installed is at least the same speed as the memory bus of the selected processor.
  • Populate all memory channels.

The following memory protection technologies are supported:

  • ECC detection/correction
  • Bounded Fault detection/correction
  • SDDC (for 10x4-based memory DIMMs; look for "x4" in the DIMM description)
  • ADDDC (for 10x4-based memory DIMMs)
  • Memory mirroring

See the Lenovo Press article "RAS Features of the Lenovo ThinkSystem Intel Servers" for more information about memory RAS features: https://lenovopress.lenovo.com/lp1711-ras-features-of-the-lenovo-thinksystem-intel-servers

If memory channel mirroring is used, then DIMMs must be installed in pairs (minimum of one pair per processor), and both DIMMs in the pair must be identical in type and size. 50% of the installed capacity is available to the operating system.

Memory rank sparing is implemented using ADDDC/ADC-SR/ADDDC-MR to provide DRAM-level sparing feature support.

Internal storage

The SR650 V4 has three drive bay zones and supports up to 16x 3.5-inch or 40x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays or a combination of drive bays, depending on the selected chassis and backplane configuration. The server also supports configurations with E3.S 1T and E3.S 2T drive bays including support for CXL memory in the E3.S 2T form factor. The server supports configurations without any drive bays if desired.

The three drive bay zones are as follows:

  • Front:
    • Up to 12x 3.5-inch hot-swap bays, or
    • Up to 24x 2.5-inch hot-swap bays, or
    • Up to 32x E3.S 1T or 12x E3.S 2T hot-swap drive bays (or a mix of 1T/2T drive bays)
  • Middle:
    • 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap bays
  • Rear:
    • 4x 3.5-inch hot-swap bays, or
    • Up to 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap bays

All drives are hot-swap and are accessible from the front, from the rear, or from drive bays that are located in the middle of the server (accessible when you remove the top cover of the server).

The server also supports one or two M.2 drives, in three possible locations, configuration dependent:

  • Installed in an M.2 adapter internal to the server (non-hot-swap)
  • Hot-swap in the rear of the server
  • Hot-swap in the front of the server

In this section:

NVMe drive support

The SR650 V4 supports NVMe drives to maximize storage performance.

  • In a 2.5-inch drive configuration, the server supports up to 36 NVMe drives without oversubscription (that is, each x4 drive has a dedicated x4 (4 lanes) connection to the processor)
    • Up to 24 installed in front bays
    • Up to 28 installed in the front and rear bays
    • Up to 32 installed in front and mid bays
    • Up to 36 installed in front, mid and rear bays
  • In a 3.5-inch drive configuration, the server supports up to 4x 3.5-inch NVMe or 8x 2.5-inch NVMe drives without oversubscription
  • In a E3.S front drive configuration, the server supports up to 32x NVMe drives without oversubscription:
    • 32x E3.S 1T NVMe drives at the front
    • 12x E3.S 2T NVMe drives at the front
    • Combinations of E3.S 1T and 2T drive bays

In addition, the SR650 V4 supports two M.2 NVMe drives for use as boot drives, as described in the M.2 drives section

The specifics of these configurations are covered in the Storage configurations section. The tables in those sections indicate the number of NVMe drives in each configuration. The storage configuration tables also include a column that indicates the number of PCIe slots that are available.

The number of NVMe drives affects the number of PCIe slots that are available, as listed in the following tables. This is because the onboard PCIe MCIO connectors are used for both slots and NVMe drives.

Table 18. PCIe slot availability based on 3.5-inch NVMe or AnyBay drive bays configured
3.5-inch NVMe/AnyBay drive bays selected Maximum rear PCIe slots
8 drive bays 10 slots (+ 2 OCP slots)
4 drive bays 10 slots (+ 2 OCP slots)
Table 19. PCIe slot availability based on 2.5-inch NVMe or AnyBay drive bays configured
2.5-inch NVMe/AnyBay drive bays selected Maximum rear PCIe slots
36 drive bays (24 front, 8 mid, 4 rear) 1 slot (+ 2 OCP slots)
32 drive bays (24 front, 8 mid) 2 slots (+ 2 OCP slots)
28 drive bays (24 front, 4 rear) 2 slots (+ 2 OCP slots)
24 drive bays (all front) 4 slots (+ 2 OCP slots)
16 drive bays (all front) 6 slots (+ 2 OCP slots)
8 drive bays (all front) 10 slots (+ 2 OCP slots)
Table 20. PCIe slot availability based on E3.S 1T drive bays configured
E3.S 1T drive bays selected Maximum rear PCIe slots
32 drive bays 2 slots (+ 2 OCP slots)
28 drive bays 2 slots (+ 2 OCP slots)
24 drive bays 4 slots (+ 2 OCP slots)
20 drive bays 4 slots (+ 2 OCP slots)
16 drive bays 6 slots (+ 2 OCP slots)
12 drive bays 6 slots (+ 2 OCP slots)
8 drive bays 10 slots (+ 2 OCP slots)

 

RAID 940 Tri-Mode support

The RAID 940-8i and RAID 940-16i adapters also support NVMe through a feature named Tri-Mode support (or Trimode support). This feature enables the use of NVMe U.3 drives at the same time as SAS and SATA drives. Tri-Mode requires an AnyBay backplane. Cabling of the controller to the backplanes is the same as with SAS/SATA drives, and the NVMe drives are connected via a PCIe x1 link to the controller.

NVMe drives connected using Tri-Mode support provide better performance than SAS or SATA drives: A SATA SSD has a data rate of 6Gbps, a SAS SSD has a data rate of 12Gbps, whereas an NVMe U.3 Gen 4 SSD with a PCIe x1 link will have a data rate of 16Gbps. NVMe drives typically also have lower latency and higher IOPS compared to SAS and SATA drives. Tri-Mode is supported with U.3 NVMe drives and requires an AnyBay backplane.

Tri-Mode requires U.3 drives: Only NVMe drives with a U.3 interface are supported. U.2 drives are not supported. See the Internal drive options section for the U.3 drives supported by the server.

Front drive bays

The front drive bay zone supports the following configurations:

  • 8x or 12x 3.5-inch drive bays (hot-swap)
  • 8x, 16x or 24x 2.5-inch drive bays (hot-swap)
  • Up to 32x E3.S 1T drive bays (hot-swap)
  • Up to 12x E3.S 2T drive bays for CXL memory (non-hot-swap)
  • No backplanes and no drives (supports field upgrades)

The specific combinations that are supported in the SR650 V4 are shown in the following figures. The feature codes listed are the backplane feature codes when ordering CTO and correspond to the feature codes listed in the table below the figure.

SR650 V4 front drive bay configurations - 3.5-inch drive bays
Figure 11. SR650 V4 front drive bay configurations - 3.5-inch drive bays

SR650 V4 front drive bay configurations - 2.5-inch drive bays, all the same drive type
Figure 12. SR650 V4 front drive bay configurations - 2.5-inch drive bays, all the same drive type

SR650 V4 front drive bay configurations - 2.5-inch drive bays, combinations
Figure 13. SR650 V4 front drive bay configurations - 2.5-inch drive bays, combinations

SR650 V4 front drive bay configurations - E3.S drive bays, all the same drive type
Figure 14. SR650 V4 front drive bay configurations - E3.S drive bays, all the same drive type

SR650 V4 front drive bay configurations - E3.S drive bays, combinations
Figure 15. SR650 V4 front drive bay configurations - E3.S drive bays, combinations

The backplanes used to provide these drive bays are listed in the following table.

Field upgrades: All front backplanes are available as part numbers for field upgrades along with require cable option kits, as described in the Field upgrades section below.

Table 21. Backplanes for front drive bays
Feature Description Bays PCIe
Gen
SAS
Gen
Max
qty
Front 3.5-inch drive backplanes
C4DB ThinkSystem 2U V4 8x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 8 - 12Gb 1
C3RW ThinkSystem 2U V4 12x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 12 - 12Gb 1
C3RV ThinkSystem 2U V4 8x3.5" SAS/SATA+4x 3.5" AnyBay Backplane 12 Gen5 24Gb 1
C46N ThinkSystem 2U V4 8x3.5" SAS/SATA+4x 3.5" NVMe Backplane 12 Gen5 24Gb 1
Front 2.5-inch drive backplanes
C3RT ThinkSystem 2U V4 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 8 - 12Gb 3
C3RU ThinkSystem 2U V4 8x2.5" AnyBay Backplane 8 Gen5 24Gb 3
C46P ThinkSystem 2U V4 8x2.5" NVMe Backplane 8 Gen5 - 3
Front E3.S drive backplanes
C221 ThinkSystem V4 EDSFF E3.S 4x1T NVMe Gen5 Backplane 4 Gen5 - 8
C222 ThinkSystem V4 EDSFF E3.S 2x2T NVMe Gen5 Backplane 2 Gen5 - 8

The use of front drive bays has the following configuration rules:

  • The SR650 V4 also supports configurations without any drive bays, allowing for drive bay upgrades as described in the field upgrades section.
  • If 3.5-inch front drive bays are used, an internal (CFF) RAID adapter or HBA is not supported as the adapter and bays occupy the same physical space
  • Any of the following front drive configurations can be configured with front-mounted hot-swap M.2 drives, as described in the M.2 drives section:
    • Any 8x 2.5-inch and 16x 2.5-inch drive configuration (SAS/SATA, AnyBay, or NVMe)
    • Any E3.S configuration with 6 or fewer backplanes

Mid drive bays

The SR650 V4 supports hot-swap drives installed in the middle of the server chassis. The drive bays are accessible by removing the top lid of the server and levering the mid drive chassis up at the front.

The following configurations are supported:

  • 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap SAS/SATA drive bays
  • 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap NVMe drive bays

The drive bays in the open position are shown in the following figure.

M.2 support: When mid drive bays are configured, the M.2 adapter is installed on the mid drive bay mechanical as shown in the images.

SR650 V4 Mid-chassis drive bays
Figure 16. Mid-chassis drive bays

The backplanes used to provide these drive bays are listed in the following table.

Table 22. Backplanes for mid-chassis drive bays
Feature Description Bays PCIe
Gen
SAS
Gen
Max
qty
Mid - 2.5-inch drive backplane
C46L ThinkSystem 2U V4 Mid 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 4 - 24Gb 2
C46J ThinkSystem 2U V4 Middle 4x2.5" NVMe Gen5 Backplane 4 Gen5 - 2

‡ 2.5-inch drive backplanes for the mid-chassis area must be installed in pairs. NVMe and SAS/SATA cannot be mixed.

Field upgrades: Backplanes are available as part numbers for field upgrades along with require cable option kits, as described in the Field upgrades section below.

The use of drive bays in the mid-chassis area has the following configuration rules:

  • All processors are supported. Higher TDP processors will require the performance heatsinks.
  • Full-length adapter cards are not supported
  • GPUs (including low profile GPUs such as the NVIDIA L4) are not supported
  • The mid drive bays and slots 2 & 10 share the same power connectors, so mid drive bays are mutually exclusive with slots 2 and 10. The only exception to this is config 27 with 8x mid drives and 8x rear drives - this configuration also supports slots 1 & 2.

Rear drive bays

The SR650 V4 supports hot-swap drives installed at the rear of the server chassis. Supported configurations are as follows:

  • 3.5-inch hot-swap drives
    • 4x SAS/SATA drive bays
  • 2.5-inch hot-swap drives
    • 4x SAS/SATA drive bays
    • 4x NVMe Gen5 drive bays
    • 4x AnyBay Gen5 drive bays
    • 8x SAS/SATA drive bays

The configurations are shown in the following figure.

SR650 V4 rear drive bay configurations
Figure 17. Rear 2.5-inch and 3.5-inch drive bay configurations

The backplanes used to provide these drive bays are listed in the following table.

Table 23. Backplanes for rear drive bays
Feature Description Bays PCIe
Gen
SAS
Gen
Max
qty
Rear - 3.5-inch drive backplanes
C46M ThinkSystem 2U V4 Rear 4x3.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 4 - 24Gb 1
Rear - 2.5-inch drive backplanes
C46K ThinkSystem 2U V4 Rear 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 4 - 24Gb 1
C46H ThinkSystem 2U V4 Rear 4x2.5" NVMe Gen5 Backplane 4 Gen5 24Gb 1
C46G ThinkSystem 2U V4 Rear 4x2.5"AnyBay Gen5 Backplane 4 Gen5 24Gb 1
C3SP ThinkSystem 2U V4 Rear 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Backplane 8 - 12Gb 1

Field upgrades: Backplanes are available as part numbers for field upgrades along with require cable option kits, as described in the Field upgrades section below.

The use of rear drive bays has the following configuration rules:

  • The use of rear bays restricts the number of slots and the choice of risers that are supported. See the I/O expansion section for details.

Storage configurations

This section describes the various combinations of front and rear drives that the server supports, as well as M.2 support.

Tip: These tables are based on Storage Configs v1.5

The following tables summarize the storage configurations for the SR650 V4. For details, including processor requirements, cooling options, M.2 support, and controller selections, see the Details tables.

Overview of storage configs - 3.5-inch front drive bays

The following table summarizes the storage configurations with 3.5-inch front drives bays.

Jump down to the details of the configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

Table 24. Overview of storage configs - 3.5-inch front drive bays
Config Total
drives
(NVMe)
Front drive bays Mid drives Rear drives Backplanes
SAS/SATA
AnyBay
NVMe
E3.S 1T
E3.S 2T
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
2.5" AnyBay
35 12 (0) 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (C3RW)
36 12 (4) 8 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12x3.5" (8x SAS/SATA, 4x AnyBay G5) (C3RV)
37 12 (4) 8 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12x3.5" (8x SAS/SATA, 4x NVMe G5) (C46N)
38 16 (0) 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (C3RW) Rear: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (C46M)
41 16 (4) 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (C3RW) Rear: 4x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C46G)
42 20 (8) 12 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (C3RW) Mid: 2x 4x2.5" NVMe G5 (2x C46J)
117 8 (0) 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x3.5" SAS/SATA (C4DB)
118 16 (4) 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (C3RW) Rear: 4x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46H)
122 16 (8) 8 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 Front: 12x3.5" (8x SAS/SATA, 4x AnyBay G5) (C3RV) Rear: 4x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46H)

Overview of storage configs - 2.5-inch front drive bays

The following table summarizes the storage configurations with 2.5-inch front drives bays.

Jump down to the details of the configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

Table 25. Overview of storage configs - 2.5-inch front drive bays
Config Total
drives
(NVMe)
Front drive bays Mid drives Rear drives Backplanes
SAS/SATA
AnyBay
NVMe
E3.S 1T
E3.S 2T
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
2.5" AnyBay
1 8 (0) 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3RT)
2 8 (8) 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P)
3 8 (8) 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU)
5 8 (8) 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) (Tri-mode)
6 16 (0) 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C3RT)
7 16 (16) 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (2x C46P)
8 16 (16) 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) + 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P)
9 16 (8) 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3RT) + 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU)
10 16 (8) 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3RT) + 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P)
11 16 (16) 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (2x C3RU) (Tri-mode)
12 24 (0) 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (3x C3RT)
13 24 (24) 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (3x C46P)
14 24 (8) 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C3RT) + 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU)
15 24 (8) 16 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C3RT) + 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P)
16 24 (24) 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (3x C3RU) (Tri-mode)
17 28 (0) 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (3x C3RT) Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (C46K)
18 28 (4) 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (3x C3RT) Rear: 4x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C46G)
19 28 (8) 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C3RT) + 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (C46K)
20 32 (0) 24 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (3x C3RT) Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C46L)
21 32 (8) 16 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C3RT) + 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C46L)
22 32 (8) 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C3RT) + 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3SP)
23 32 (0) 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (3x C3RT) Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3SP)
24 32 (32) 0 0 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (3x C46P) Mid: 2x 4x2.5" NVMe G5 (2x C46J)
25 36 (36) 0 0 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 4 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (3x C46P) Mid: 2x 4x2.5" NVMe G5 (2x C46J) Rear: 4x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46H)
26 36 (0) 24 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 4 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (3x C3RT) Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C46L) Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (C46K)
27 40 (0) 24 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (3x C3RT) Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C46L) Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3SP)
101 28 (28) 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (3x C46P) Rear: 4x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46H)
121 16 (16) 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) + 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P)

Overview of storage configs - E3.S front drive bays

The following table summarizes the storage configurations with E3.S front drives bays.

Jump down to the details of the configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

Table 26. Overview of storage configs - E3.S front drive bays
Config Total
drives
(NVMe)
Front drive bays Mid drives Rear drives Backplanes
SAS/SATA
AnyBay
NVMe
E3.S 1T
E3.S 2T
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
2.5" AnyBay
59 8 (8) 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (2x C221)
60 16 (16) 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (4x C221)
61 24 (24) 0 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (6x C221)
62 32 (32) 0 0 0 32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (8x C221)
63 4 (4) 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (2x C222)
64 8 (8) 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 4x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (4x C222)
65 12 (12) 0 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 6x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (6x C222)
66 6 (6) 0 0 0 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (C221) + 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (C222)
67 12 (12) 0 0 0 8 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (2x C221) + 2x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (2x C222)
68 16 (16) 0 0 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (2x C221) + 4x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (4x C222)
69 20 (20) 0 0 0 8 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (2x C221) + 6x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (6x C222)
70 20 (20) 0 0 0 16 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 4x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (4x C221) + 2x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (2x C222)
71 24 (24) 0 0 0 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 4x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (4x C221) + 4x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (4x C222)
72 28 (28) 0 0 0 24 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 6x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (6x C221) + 2x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (2x C222)
102 4 (4) 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (2x C222)
119 6 (6) 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (3x C222)
120 10 (10) 0 0 0 4 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (C221) + 3x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (3x C222)

Overview of storage configs - Compute Complex Neptune Core

The following table summarizes the storage configurations for servers with the Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core open-loop water cooling. Drive configurations include 2.5-inch and E3.S front drives bays.

Jump down to the details of the configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

Table 27. Overview of storage configs - Compute Complex Neptune Core
Config Total
drives
(NVMe)
Front drive bays Mid drives Rear drives Backplanes
SAS/SATA
AnyBay
NVMe
E3.S 1T
E3.S 2T
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
2.5" AnyBay
87 8 (8) 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P)
88 8 (8) 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU)
89 16 (16) 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (2x C46P)
90 16 (16) 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) + 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P)
91 16 (8) 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3RT) + 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU)
92 16 (8) 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3RT) + 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P)
97 8 (8) 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (2x C221)
98 16 (16) 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (4x C221)
103 8 (0) 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3RT)
104 8 (8) 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) (Tri-mode)
105 16 (0) 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C3RT)
106 16 (16) 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (2x C3RU) (Tri-mode)

Details of storage configs - 3.5-inch front drives

The following table lists the detailed storage configurations with 3.5-inch front drives bays.

Go back to the overview of the configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

Table 28. Details of storage configs - 3.5-inch front drives
Config CPUs CPU cooling Front drive bays Mid drives Rear drives Backplanes M.2 Controllers PCIe
slots 🛈
Air cooled
Open loop CPUs
Open loop CPUs+Mem
SAS/SATA
AnyBay
NVMe
E3.S 1T
E3.S 2T
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
2.5" AnyBay
M.2 Internal
M.2 Rear HS
M.2 Front HS
35-1 1 or 2 Y Y N 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (C3RW) Y Y N (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 10
35-2 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N (440-16i or 940-16i) 10
36-1 1 or 2 Y Y N 8 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12x3.5" (8x SAS/SATA, 4x AnyBay G5) (C3RV) Y Y N OB NVMe + (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 10
36-2 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (440-16i or 940-16i) 10
37-1 1 or 2 Y Y N 8 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12x3.5" (8x SAS/SATA, 4x NVMe G5) (C46N) Y Y N OB NVMe + (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 10
37-2 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (545-8i or 940-8i) 10
38-1 1 or 2 Y Y N 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (C3RW) Rear: 4x3.5" SAS/SATA (C46M) Y Y N (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 2
38-2 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N (440-16i or 940-16i) 2
41-1 2 only Y Y N 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (C3RW) Rear: 4x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C46G) Y Y N Front: (4350-16i or 9350-16i) Rear: OB NVMe 6
41-2 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i or 940-16i) Rear: OB NVMe 6
42-1 2 only Y Y N 12 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (C3RW) Mid: 2x 4x2.5" NVMe G5 (2x C46J) Y Y N Front: (4350-16i or 9350-16i) Mid: OB NVMe 7
42-2 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i or 940-16i) Mid: OB NVMe 7
117-1 1 or 2 Y Y N 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x3.5" SAS/SATA (C4DB) Y Y N (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 10
117-2 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N (440-16i or 940-16i) 10
118-1 2 only Y Y N 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 Front: 12x3.5" SAS/SATA (C3RW) Rear: 4x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46H) Y Y N Front: (4350-16i or 9350-16i) Rear: OB NVMe 6
118-2 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i or 940-16i) Rear: OB NVMe 6
122-1 2 only Y Y N 8 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 Front: 12x3.5" (8x SAS/SATA, 4x AnyBay G5) (C3RV) Rear: 4x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46H) Y Y N Front: OB NVMe + (4350-16i or 9350-16i) Rear: OB NVMe 6
122-2 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: OB NVMe + (440-16i or 940-16i) Rear: OB NVMe 6

Details of storage configs - 2.5-inch front drives

The following table lists the detailed storage configurations with 2.5-inch front drives bays.

Go back to the overview of the configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

Table 29. Details of storage configs - 2.5-inch front drives
Config CPUs CPU cooling Front drive bays Mid drives Rear drives Backplanes M.2 Controllers PCIe
slots 🛈
Air cooled
Open loop CPUs
Open loop CPUs+Mem
SAS/SATA
AnyBay
NVMe
E3.S 1T
E3.S 2T
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
2.5" AnyBay
M.2 Internal
M.2 Rear HS
M.2 Front HS
1-1 1 or 2 Y Y N 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3RT) Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i or 9350-16i) 10
1-2 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y Y (545-8i or 940-8i or 440-16i or 940-16i) 10
1-3 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 10
1-4 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 5
2-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P) Y Y Y OB NVMe 10
2-2 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe 3
3-1 2 only Y Y N 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) Y Y Y OB NVMe + (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i or 9350-16i) 10
3-2 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (545-8i or 940-8i or 440-16i or 940-16i) 10
3-3 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 9
3-4 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i or 9350-16i) 3
3-5 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (545-8i or 940-8i or 440-16i or 940-16i) 3
3-6 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 2
5-1 1 or 2 Y Y N 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) (Tri-mode) Y Y Y (940-8i or 940-16i) Tri-mode 10
5-2 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y 940-16i CFF Tri-mode 10
5-3 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y 940-16i CFF Tri-mode 5
6-1 1 or 2 Y Y N 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C3RT) Y Y Y 2x (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 9
6-2 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y Y 2x (545-8i or 940-8i) 9
6-3 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y Y (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 9
6-4 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y Y (440-16i or 940-16i) 9
6-5 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 9
6-6 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 5
7-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (2x C46P) Y Y Y OB NVMe 6
7-2 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe 1
8-1 2 only Y Y N 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) + 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P) Y Y Y OB NVMe + (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i or 9350-16i) 6
8-2 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (545-8i or 940-8i or 440-16i or 940-16i) 6
8-3 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 5
8-4 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i or 9350-16i) 1
8-5 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (545-8i or 940-8i or 440-16i or 940-16i) 1
8-6 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 0
9-1 2 only Y Y N 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3RT) + 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) Y Y Y OB NVMe + 2x (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 10
9-2 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + 2x (545-8i or 940-8i) 10
9-3 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 10
9-4 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i or 940-16i) 10
9-5 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 9
9-6 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + 2x (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 3
9-7 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + 2x (545-8i or 940-8i) 3
9-8 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 3
9-9 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i or 940-16i) 3
9-10 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 2
10-1 2 only Y Y N 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3RT) + 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P) Y Y Y OB NVMe + (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i or 9350-16i) 10
10-2 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (545-8i or 940-8i or 440-16i or 940-16i) 10
10-3 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 9
10-4 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i or 9350-16i) 3
10-5 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (545-8i or 940-8i or 440-16i or 940-16i) 3
10-6 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 2
11-1 1 or 2 Y Y N 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (2x C3RU) (Tri-mode) Y Y Y 2x 940-8i Tri-mode 10
11-2 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y Y 940-16i Tri-mode 10
11-3 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y 940-16i CFF Tri-mode 10
11-4 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y 940-16i CFF Tri-mode 5
12-1 1 or 2 Y Y N 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (3x C3RT) Y Y N 3x (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 10
12-2 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N 3x (545-8i or 940-8i) 10
12-3 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N (4350-16i or 9350-16i) + (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 10
12-4 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N (440-16i or 940-16i) + (545-8i or 940-8i) 10
12-5 2 only Y Y N Y Y N (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + (545-8i or 940-8i) 10
12-6 1 only Y Y N Y Y N (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + (545-8i or 940-8i) 5
13-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (3x C46P) Y Y N OB NVMe 4
13-2 2 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe 4
14-1 2 only Y Y N 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C3RT) + 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) Y Y N OB NVMe + 3x (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 10
14-2 2 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 3x (545-8i or 940-8i) 10
14-3 2 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (4350-16i or 9350-16i) + (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 10
14-4 2 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (440-16i or 940-16i) + (545-8i or 940-8i) 10
14-5 2 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + (545-8i or 940-8i) 9
14-6 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 3x (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 3
14-7 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 3x (545-8i or 940-8i) 3
14-8 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (4350-16i or 9350-16i) + (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 3
14-9 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (440-16i or 940-16i) + (545-8i or 940-8i) 3
14-10 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + (545-8i or 940-8i) 2
15-1 2 only Y Y N 16 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C3RT) + 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P) Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 10
15-2 2 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (545-8i or 940-8i) 10
15-3 2 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 10
15-4 2 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (440-16i or 940-16i) 10
15-5 2 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 9
15-6 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 3
15-7 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (545-8i or 940-8i) 3
15-8 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 3
15-9 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (440-16i or 940-16i) 3
15-10 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 2
16-1 1 or 2 Y Y N 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (3x C3RU) (Tri-mode) Y Y N 3x 940-8i Tri-mode 10
16-2 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N 940-16i Tri-mode + 940-8i Tri-mode 10
16-3 2 only Y Y N Y Y N 940-16i CFF Tri-mode + 940-8i Tri-mode 10
16-4 1 only Y Y N Y Y N 940-16i CFF Tri-mode + 940-8i Tri-mode 5
17-3 1 or 2 Y Y N 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (3x C3RT) Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (C46K) Y Y N Front: (4350-16i or 9350-16i) + (5350-8i or 9350-8i) Rear: (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 5
17-4 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i or 940-16i) + (545-8i or 940-8i) Rear: (545-8i or 940-8i) 5
17-5 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N 2x (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 5
17-6 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N 2x (440-16i or 940-16i) 5
17-7 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + (545-8i or 940-8i) Rear: (545-8i or 940-8i) 5
17-8 2 only Y Y N Y Y N (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + (440-16i or 940-16i) 5
17-9 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N Front: (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i) + Exp CFF Rear: Exp CFF 5
17-10 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N Front: (545-8i or 940-8i) + Exp CFF Rear: Exp CFF 5
17-11 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + Exp CFF Rear: Exp CFF 5
17-12 1 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + (545-8i or 940-8i) Rear: (545-8i or 940-8i) 5
17-13 1 only Y Y N Y Y N (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + (440-16i or 940-16i) 5
17-14 1 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + Exp CFF Rear: Exp CFF 5
18-3 2 only Y Y N 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (3x C3RT) Rear: 4x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C46G) Y Y N Front: (4350-16i or 9350-16i) + (5350-8i or 9350-8i) Rear: (5350-8i or 9350-8i) + OB NVMe 6
18-4 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i or 940-16i) + (545-8i or 940-8i) Rear: (545-8i or 940-8i) + OB NVMe 6
18-5 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: 2x (4350-16i or 9350-16i) Rear: OB NVMe 6
18-6 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: 2x (440-16i or 940-16i) Rear: OB NVMe 6
18-7 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + (545-8i or 940-8i) Rear: (545-8i or 940-8i) + OB NVMe 6
18-8 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + (440-16i or 940-16i) Rear: OB NVMe 6
19-3 2 only Y Y N 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C3RT) + 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (C46K) Y Y N Front: OB NVMe + (4350-16i or 9350-16i) + (5350-8i or 9350-8i) Rear: (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 6
19-4 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: OB NVMe + (440-16i or 940-16i) + (545-8i or 940-8i) Rear: (545-8i or 940-8i) 6
19-5 2 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 6
19-6 2 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (440-16i or 940-16i) 6
19-7 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + (545-8i or 940-8i) Rear: (545-8i or 940-8i) 6
19-8 2 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + (440-16i or 940-16i) 6
19-9 1 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: OB NVMe + (4350-16i or 9350-16i) + (5350-8i or 9350-8i) Rear: (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 3
19-10 1 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: OB NVMe + (440-16i or 940-16i) + (545-8i or 940-8i) Rear: (545-8i or 940-8i) 3
19-11 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 3
19-12 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (440-16i or 940-16i) 3
19-13 1 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + (545-8i or 940-8i) Rear: (545-8i or 940-8i) 2
19-14 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + (440-16i or 940-16i) 2
20-5 1 or 2 Y Y N 24 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (3x C3RT) Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C46L) Y Y N 2x (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 8
20-6 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N 2x (440-16i or 940-16i) 8
20-9 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i) + Exp CFF 8
20-10 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N (545-8i or 940-8i) + Exp CFF 8
20-11 2 only Y Y N Y Y N (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + Exp CFF 8
20-12 1 only Y Y N Y Y N (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + Exp CFF 4
21-5 2 only Y Y N 16 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C3RT) + 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C46L) Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 7
21-6 2 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (440-16i or 940-16i) 7
21-9 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 3
21-10 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (440-16i or 940-16i) 3
22-5 2 only Y Y N 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 Front: 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C3RT) + 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3SP) Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 4
22-6 2 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (440-16i or 940-16i) 4
22-11 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 3
22-12 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe + 2x (440-16i or 940-16i) 3
23-5 1 or 2 Y Y N 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (3x C3RT) Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3SP) Y Y N 2x (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 4
23-6 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N 2x (440-16i or 940-16i) 4
23-15 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N Front: (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i) + Exp CFF Rear: Exp CFF 3
23-16 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N Front: (545-8i or 940-8i) + Exp CFF Rear: Exp CFF 3
23-17 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + Exp CFF Rear: Exp CFF 3
23-18 1 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + Exp CFF Rear: Exp CFF 3
24-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (3x C46P) Mid: 2x 4x2.5" NVMe G5 (2x C46J) Y Y N Front: OB NVMe Mid: OB NVMe 2
25-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 4 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (3x C46P) Mid: 2x 4x2.5" NVMe G5 (2x C46J) Rear: 4x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46H) Y Y N Front: OB NVMe Mid: OB NVMe Rear: OB NVMe 1
26-1 1 or 2 Y Y N 24 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 4 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (3x C3RT) Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C46L) Rear: 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (C46K) Y Y N (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i) + Exp CFF 5
26-2 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N (545-8i or 940-8i) + Exp CFF 5
26-3 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + Exp CFF Rear: Exp CFF 5
26-4 1 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + Exp CFF Rear: Exp CFF 4
27-1 1 or 2 Y Y N 24 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 0 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (3x C3RT) Mid: 2x 4x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C46L) Rear: 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3SP) Y Y N (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i) + Exp CFF 4
27-2 1 or 2 Y Y N Y Y N (545-8i or 940-8i) + Exp CFF 4
27-3 2 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + Exp CFF Rear: Exp CFF 4
27-4 1 only Y Y N Y Y N Front: (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) + Exp CFF Rear: Exp CFF 4
101-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 Front: 3x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (3x C46P) Rear: 4x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46H) Y Y N Front: OB NVMe Rear: OB NVMe 2
121-1 2 only Y Y N 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) + 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P) Y Y Y OB NVMe + (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i or 9350-16i) 6
121-2 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (545-8i or 940-8i or 440-16i or 940-16i) 6
121-3 2 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 5
121-4 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i or 9350-16i) 1
121-5 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (545-8i or 940-8i or 440-16i or 940-16i) 1
121-6 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 0

Details of storage configs - E3.S front drives

The following table lists the detailed storage configurations with E3.S front drives bays.

Go back to the overview of the configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

Table 30. Details of storage configs - E3.S front drives
Config CPUs CPU cooling Front drive bays Mid drives Rear drives Backplanes M.2 Controllers PCIe
slots 🛈
Air cooled
Open loop CPUs
Open loop CPUs+Mem
SAS/SATA
AnyBay
NVMe
E3.S 1T
E3.S 2T
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
2.5" AnyBay
M.2 Internal
M.2 Rear HS
M.2 Front HS
59-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (2x C221) Y Y Y OB NVMe 10
59-2 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe 3
60-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (4x C221) Y Y Y OB NVMe 6
60-2 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe 1
61-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (6x C221) Y Y Y OB NVMe 4
62-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 0 32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (8x C221) Y Y N OB NVMe 2
63-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (2x C222) Y Y Y OB NVMe 10
63-2 1 only Y Y N Y Y Y OB NVMe 3
64-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 4x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (4x C222) Y Y Y OB NVMe 6
65-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 6x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (6x C222) Y Y Y OB NVMe 4
66-1 1 only Y Y N 0 0 0 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (C221) + 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (C222) Y Y Y OB NVMe 3
67-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 0 8 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (2x C221) + 2x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (2x C222) Y Y Y OB NVMe 6
67-2 1 only Y Y N Y Y N OB NVMe 1
68-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (2x C221) + 4x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (4x C222) Y Y Y OB NVMe 4
69-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 0 8 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (2x C221) + 6x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (6x C222) Y Y N OB NVMe 2
70-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 0 16 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 4x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (4x C221) + 2x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (2x C222) Y Y Y OB NVMe 4
71-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 0 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 4x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (4x C221) + 4x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (4x C222) Y Y N OB NVMe 2
72-1 2 only Y Y N 0 0 0 24 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 6x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (6x C221) + 2x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (2x C222) Y Y N OB NVMe 2
102-1 1 only Y Y N 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (2x C222) Y Y N OB NVMe 5
119-1 1 only Y Y N 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 3x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (3x C222) Y Y Y OB NVMe 2
120-1 1 only Y Y N 0 0 0 4 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (C221) + 3x 2xE3.S 2T NVMe G5 (3x C222) Y Y N OB NVMe 1

Details of storage configs - Compute Complex Neptune Core

The following table lists the detailed storage configurations for servers with the Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune Core open-loop water cooling. Drive configurations include 2.5-inch and E3.S front drives bays.

Go back to the overview of the configurations.

Return to Storage configurations.

Table 31. Details of storage configs - Compute Complex Neptune Core
Config CPUs CPU cooling Front drive bays Mid drives Rear drives Backplanes M.2 Controllers PCIe
slots 🛈
Air cooled
Open loop CPUs
Open loop CPUs+Mem
SAS/SATA
AnyBay
NVMe
E3.S 1T
E3.S 2T
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
3.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" SAS/SATA
2.5" NVMe
2.5" AnyBay
M.2 Internal
M.2 Rear HS
M.2 Front HS
87-1 2 only N N Y 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P) Y Y Y OB NVMe 5
88-1 2 only N N Y 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) Y Y Y OB NVMe + (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i or 9350-16i) 5
88-2 2 only N N Y Y Y Y OB NVMe + (545-8i or 940-8i or 440-16i or 940-16i) 5
88-3 2 only N N Y Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 4
89-1 2 only N N Y 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (2x C46P) Y Y Y OB NVMe 3
90-1 2 only N N Y 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) + 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P) Y Y Y OB NVMe + (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i or 9350-16i) 3
90-2 2 only N N Y Y Y Y OB NVMe + (545-8i or 940-8i or 440-16i or 940-16i) 3
90-3 2 only N N Y Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 2
91-1 2 only N N Y 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3RT) + 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) Y Y Y OB NVMe + 2x (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 5
91-2 2 only N N Y Y Y Y OB NVMe + 2x (545-8i or 940-8i) 5
91-3 2 only N N Y Y Y Y OB NVMe + (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 5
91-4 2 only N N Y Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i or 940-16i) 5
91-5 2 only N N Y Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 4
92-1 2 only N N Y 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3RT) + 8x2.5" NVMe G5 (C46P) Y Y Y OB NVMe + (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i or 9350-16i) 5
92-2 2 only N N Y Y Y Y OB NVMe + (545-8i or 940-8i or 440-16i or 940-16i) 5
92-3 2 only N N Y Y Y Y OB NVMe + (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 4
97-1 2 only N N Y 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (2x C221) Y Y Y OB NVMe 6
98-1 2 only N N Y 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4x 4xE3.S 1T NVMe G5 (4x C221) Y Y Y OB NVMe 4
103-1 2 only N N Y 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (C3RT) Y Y Y (5350-8i or 9350-8i or 4350-16i or 9350-16i) 8
103-2 2 only N N Y Y Y Y (545-8i or 940-8i or 440-16i or 940-16i) 8
103-3 2 only N N Y Y Y Y (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 7
104-1 2 only N N Y 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (C3RU) (Tri-mode) Y Y Y (940-8i or 940-16i) Tri-mode 8
104-2 2 only N N Y Y Y Y 940-16i CFF Tri-mode 7
105-1 2 only N N Y 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" SAS/SATA (2x C3RT) Y Y Y 2x (5350-8i or 9350-8i) 8
105-2 2 only N N Y Y Y Y 2x (545-8i or 940-8i) 8
105-3 2 only N N Y Y Y Y (4350-16i or 9350-16i) 8
105-4 2 only N N Y Y Y Y (440-16i or 940-16i) 8
105-5 2 only N N Y Y Y Y (440-16i CFF or 940-16i CFF) 7
106-1 2 only N N Y 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2x 8x2.5" AnyBay G5 (2x C3RU) (Tri-mode) Y Y Y 2x 940-8i Tri-mode 8
106-2 2 only N N Y Y Y Y 940-16i Tri-mode 8
106-3 2 only N N Y Y Y Y 940-16i CFF Tri-mode 7

Field upgrades

The SR650 V4 is orderable without drive bays, allowing you to add a backplane, cabling and controllers as field upgrades. The server also supports upgrading some configurations by adding additional front drive bays (for example, upgrading from 8 to 16x 2.5-inch drive bays).

Upgrade path: The key criteria for upgrade support is to ensure that the target configuration is one of the supported drive bay configurations as listed in the Supported drive bay combinations section.

To add drive bays you will need to order both drive backplanes and cable kits. Backplane kits do not include cables.

In this section:

When adding drive bays, you will also need to add the appropriate storage controller(s). Consult the tables in the Storage configurations section to determine what controller sections are supported and what additional controllers you will need. Controllers are described in the Controllers for internal storage section.

Drive bay field upgrades - 3.5-inch chassis

The table below lists the backplane kits and cable kits needed to build one of the supported 3.5-inch chassis configurations.

The Config numbers listed here match the configuration listed in the Storage configuration Overview and Details sections.

Return to Field upgrades.

For more information about the backplane kits and cable kits, see the Lenovo server options site:
https://serveroption.lenovo.com/cable_kit_options/

Tip: The configurations listed in the table below are not in numerical order.

Table 32. Drive bay field upgrade for the 3.5-inch chassis (Blue = SAS/SATA, Purple = AnyBay, Red = NVMe)
Config 3.5" front bays Mid bays Rear bays Backplane and cable kits required (all required)
SAS/
SATA
Any
Bay
NVMe 2.5"
SAS
2.5"
NVMe
3.5"
SAS
2.5"
SAS
2.5"
NVMe
2.5"
Any
117 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03852, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x3.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B03862, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
35 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03851, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 12x3.5
  • 4X97B03862, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
36 8 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03849, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x3.5" SAS/SATA + 4 AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B03862, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03864, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x3.5" Chassis Front Backplane NVMe Cable Kit
37 8 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03850, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x3.5" SAS/SATA + 4 NVMe Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B03862, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03864, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x3.5" Chassis Front Backplane NVMe Cable Kit
38 12 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03851, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 12x3.5
  • 4XH7B03853, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x3.5'' SAS/SATA Rear Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B03862, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03865, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 3.5" Chassis Rear Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
41 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4
  • 4XH7B03851, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 12x3.5
  • 4XH7B03845, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x2.5" Anybay Rear Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B03862, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03873, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Rear SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4XH7B03846, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x2.5" NVMe Rear Backplane option Kit
118 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0
  • 4XH7B03851, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 12x3.5
  • 4XH7B03846, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x2.5" NVMe Rear Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B03862, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03873, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Rear SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4XH7B03846, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x2.5" NVMe Rear Backplane option Kit
42 12 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03851, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 12x3.5
  • 4XH7B03843, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x2.5" NVMe Middle Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B03862, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4XH7B03843, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x2.5" NVMe Middle Backplane option Kit
122 8 4 0 0 0 0 0 4 0
  • 4XH7B03849, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x3.5" SAS/SATA + 4 AnyBay Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03846, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x2.5" NVMe Rear Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B03862, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 3.5" Chassis Front Backplane SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03864, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x3.5" Chassis Front Backplane NVMe Cable Kit
  • 4XH7B03846, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x2.5" NVMe Rear Backplane option Kit

Drive bay field upgrades - 2.5-inch chassis

The tables below lists the backplane kits and cable kits needed to build one of the supported 2.5-inch chassis configurations.

The Config numbers listed here match the configuration listed in the Storage configuration Overview and Details sections.

Return to Field upgrades.

Note: Front drive cable kits are based on the location of the backplane in the server. The three backplane locations are BP1, BP2 and BP3 as shown in the following figure.

Backplane numbering
Figure 18. Backplane numbering

For more information about the backplane kits and cable kits, see the Lenovo server options site:
https://serveroption.lenovo.com/cable_kit_options/

Tip: The configurations listed in the table below are not in numerical order.

Table 33. Drive bay field upgrade for the 2.5-inch chassis (Blue = SAS/SATA, Purple = AnyBay, Red = NVMe)
Config 2.5" front bays Mid bays Rear bays Backplane and cable kits required (all required)
SAS/
SATA
Any
Bay
NVMe Tri-
Mode
2.5"
SAS
2.5"
NVMe
3.5"
SAS
2.5"
SAS
2.5"
NVMe
2.5"
Any
1 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
2 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B03867, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 NVMe Cable Kit
3 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03867, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 NVMe Cable Kit
5 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
6 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
7 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B03867, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 NVMe Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03869, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 NVMe Cable Kit
11 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
8 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03867, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 NVMe Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03869, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 NVMe Cable Kit
9 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03869, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 NVMe Cable Kit
10 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03869, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 NVMe Cable Kit
12 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03872, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
13 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B03880, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis 24 NVMe Gen5 Cable Kit
14 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03872, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03871, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 NVMe Cable Kit
15 16 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03871, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 NVMe Cable Kit
16 0 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03872, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
17 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03847, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03872, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03873, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Rear SAS/SATA Cable Kit
18 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03847, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03872, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03873, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Rear SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03874, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Rear NVMe Cable Kit
19 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03847, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03872, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03871, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 NVMe Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03873, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Rear SAS/SATA Cable Kit
20 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03844, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Middle Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03872, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03875, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Middle SAS/SATA Cable Kit
21 16 8 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03844, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Middle Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03872, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03871, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 NVMe Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03875, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Middle SAS/SATA Cable Kit
22 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03847, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03872, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03871, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 NVMe Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03873, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Rear SAS/SATA Cable Kit
23 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03848, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03872, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03873, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Rear SAS/SATA Cable Kit
101 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 0 4 0
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03846, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x2.5" NVMe Rear Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B03881, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis 28 NVMe Gen5 Cable Kit
24 0 0 24 0 0 8 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03843, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x2.5" NVMe Middle Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B03882, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis 32 NVMe Gen5 Cable Kit
25 0 0 24 0 0 8 0 0 4 0
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03843, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x2.5" NVMe Middle Backplane option Kit
  • 4XH7B03846, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x2.5" NVMe Rear Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B03883, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis 36 NVMe Gen5 Cable Kit
26 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 4 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03844, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Middle Backplane option Kit
  • 4XH7B03848, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03872, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03875, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Middle SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03873, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Rear SAS/SATA Cable Kit
27 24 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03844, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Middle Backplane option Kit
  • 4XH7B03847, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 4x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03872, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03875, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Middle SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03873, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Rear SAS/SATA Cable Kit
121 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03869, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 NVMe Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03871, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP3 NVMe Cable Kit

Drive bay field upgrades - E3.S chassis

The tables below lists the backplane kits and cable kits needed to build one of the supported configurations with E3.S drive bays.

The Config numbers listed here match the configuration listed in the Storage configuration Overview and Details sections.

Return to Field upgrades.

Note: The table indicates the locations of each E3.S backplane. The locations of the 8 backplanes (BP1 to BP8) are shown in the following figure.

E3.S backplane numbering
Figure 19. E3.S backplane numbering

For more information about the backplane kits and cable kits, see the Lenovo server options site:
https://serveroption.lenovo.com/cable_kit_options/

Tip: The configurations listed in the table below are not in numerical order.

Table 34. Field upgrades - E3.S drive bays (BP = Backplane)
Config
(# of CPUs)
BP1 BP3 BP5 BP7 Backplane and cable kits required (all required)
Some configs also require replacement cable walls
BP2 BP4 BP6 BP8
59 (1P)     4x 1T 4x 1T
  • 2x 4XH7B03854, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 4x1T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03884, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Short Cable Kit
       
59 (2P) 4x 1T   4x 1T  
  • 2x 4XH7B03854, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 4x1T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03884, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Short Cable Kit
       
60 (1P)     4x 1T 4x 1T
  • 2x 4XH7B03854, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 4x1T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4XH7B03854, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 4x1T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03884, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Short Cable Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03885, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Long Cable Kit
  • 1x 4X97B04305, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2U Cable Wall Option Kit
    4x 1T 4x 1T
60 (2P) 4x 1T 4x 1T 4x 1T 4x 1T
  • 4x 4XH7B03854, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 4x1T Backplane Option Kit
  • 4x 4X97B03884, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Short Cable Kit
       
61 (2P) 4x 1T 4x 1T 4x 1T 4x 1T
  • 6x 4XH7B03854, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 4x1T Backplane Option Kit
  • 4x 4X97B03884, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Short Cable Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03885, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Long Cable Kit
4x 1T   4x 1T  
62 (2P) 4x 1T 4x 1T 4x 1T 4x 1T
  • 8x 4XH7B03854, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 4x1T Backplane Option Kit
  • 4x 4X97B03884, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Short Cable Kit
  • 4x 4X97B03885, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Long Cable Kit
  • 1x 4X97B04305, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2U Cable Wall Option Kit
4x 1T 4x 1T 4x 1T 4x 1T
119 (1P)     2x 2T  
  • 1x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 1x 4X97B03888, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Short Cable Kit
       
63 (1P)     2x 2T 2x 2T
  • 2x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03888, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Short Cable Kit
       
63 (2P) 2x 2T   2x 2T  
  • 2x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03889, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Long Cable Kit
       
64 (1P)     2x 2T 2x 2T
  • 2x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03888, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Short Cable Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03889, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Long Cable Kit
  • 1x 4X97B04305, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2U Cable Wall Option Kit
    2x 2T 2x 2T
64 (2P) 2x 2T 2x 2T 2x 2T 2x 2T
  • 4x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 4x 4X97B03888, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Short Cable Kit
       
65 (2P) 2x 2T 2x 2T 2x 2T 2x 2T
  • 6x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 4x 4X97B03888, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Short Cable Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03889, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Long Cable Kit
2x 2T   2x 2T  
66 (1P)     4x 1T 2x 2T
  • 1x 4XH7B03854, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 4x1T Backplane Option Kit
  • 1x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 1x 4X97B03884, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Short Cable Kit
  • 1x 4X97B03888, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Short Cable Kit
       
66 (2P) 4x 1T   2x 2T  
  • 2x 4XH7B03854, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 4x1T Backplane Option Kit
  • 1x 4X97B03884, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Short Cable Kit
  • 1x 4X97B03888, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Short Cable Kit
       
67 (1P)     4x 1T 4x 1T
  • 2x 4XH7B03854, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 4x1T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03884, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Short Cable Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03889, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Long Cable Kit
  • 1x 4X97B04305, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2U Cable Wall Option Kit
    2x 2T 2x 2T
67 (2P) 4x 1T 4x 1T 2x 2T 2x 2T
  • 2x 4XH7B03854, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 4x1T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03884, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Short Cable Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03888, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Short Cable Kit
       
68 (2P) 4x 1T 2x 2T 4x 1T 2x 2T
  • 2x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 4x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03888, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Short Cable Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03888, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Short Cable Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03889, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Long Cable Kit
       
2x 2T   2x 2T  
69 (2P) 4x 1T 2x 2T 4x 1T 2x 2T
  • 2x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 6x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03888, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Short Cable Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03888, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Short Cable Kit
  • 4x 4X97B03889, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Long Cable Kit
  • 1x 4X97B04305, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2U Cable Wall Option Kit
2x 2T 2x 2T 2x 2T 2x 2T
70 (2P) 4x 1T 4x 1T 4x 1T 4x 1T
  • 4x 4XH7B03854, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 4x1T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 4x 4X97B03884, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Short Cable Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03889, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Long Cable Kit
2x 2T   2x 2T  
71 (2P) 4x 1T 4x 1T 4x 1T 4x 1T
  • 4x 4XH7B03854, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 4x1T Backplane Option Kit
  • 4x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 4x 4X97B03884, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Short Cable Kit
  • 4x 4X97B03889, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Long Cable Kit
  • 1x 4X97B04305, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2U Cable Wall Option Kit
2x 2T 2x 2T 2x 2T 2x 2T
72 (2P) 4x 1T 4x 1T 4x 1T 4x 1T
  • 6x 4XH7B03854, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 4x1T Backplane Option Kit
  • 2x 4XH7B03856, ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U E3.S 2x2T Backplane Option Kit
  • 4x 4X97B03884, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Short Cable Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03885, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 1T Long Cable Kit
  • 2x 4X97B03889, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 E3.S 2T Long Cable Kit
  • 1x 4X97B04305, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2U Cable Wall Option Kit
4x 1T 2x 2T 4x 1T 2x 2T

Drive bay field upgrades - Compute Complex Neptune water cooling

The tables below lists the backplane kits and cable kits needed to build one of the supported configurations using Lenovo Compute Complex Neptune water cooling.

The Config numbers listed here match the configuration listed in the Storage configuration Overview and Details sections.

Return to Field upgrades.

For more information about the backplane kits and cable kits, see the Lenovo server options site:
https://serveroption.lenovo.com/cable_kit_options/

Tip: The configurations listed in the table below are not in numerical order.

Table 35. Drive bay field upgrade for the 2.5-inch chassis with Compute Complex Neptune water cooling (Blue = SAS/SATA, Purple = AnyBay, Red = NVMe)
Config 2.5" front bays Mid bays Rear bays Backplane and cable kits required (all required)
SAS/
SATA
Any
Bay
NVMe Tri-
Mode
2.5"
SAS
2.5"
NVMe
3.5"
SAS
2.5"
SAS
2.5"
NVMe
2.5"
Any
103 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
87 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B03867, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 NVMe Cable Kit
88 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03867, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 NVMe Cable Kit
104 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
105 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
89 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B03867, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 NVMe Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03869, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 NVMe Cable Kit
106 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
90 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03867, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 NVMe Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03869, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 NVMe Cable Kit
91 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03840, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' AnyBay Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03870, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03869, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 NVMe Cable Kit
92 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
  • 4XH7B03842, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' SAS/SATA Backplane Option Kit
  • 4XH7B03841, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 8x2.5'' NVMe Gen5 Backplane Option Kit
  • 4X97B04117, ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP1 SAS/SATA Cable Kit
  • 4X97B03869, ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2.5" Chassis Front BP2 NVMe Cable Kit

Adding an Internal (CFF) RAID adapter or HBA

If you want to add an internal (CFF) storage adapter (HBA or RAID adapter) to a configuration, you will need to order the cable kit as listed in the following table. Suitable upgrades are either replacing an existing adapter in a rear PCIe slot, or adding the CFF adapter to a server without any storage adapter installed.

Table 36. Cable needed for field upgrades to add CFF adapter
Part number Description
4X97B03877 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Internal Raid/HBA Adapter Cable Kit

Adding an Internal SAS Expander

If you want to add an internal (CFF) SAS Expander adapter to a configuration, you will need to order the cable kit as listed in the following table.

Table 37. Cable needed for field upgrades to add SAS Expander
Part number Description
4X97B03878 ThinkSystem SR650 V4 Internal Expander Adapter Cable Kit

Replacement cable routing walls

Cable walls are used to guide signal and power cables through the server and to maximize airflow across the components. The server comes with 1U cable walls at both side of the processor board. It is recommended to replace the 1U cable walls with 2U cable walls when there are more than five cables routed at one side.

The 2U cable walls are required for some E3.S configurations and will be automatically derived for CTO orders. For field upgrades, see the Drive bay field upgrades - E3.S chassis section, where the table indicates when replacement cable walls are required.

Table 38. Replacement cable routing walls
Part number Feature code Description
4X97B04305 C3RS

ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 2U Cable Wall Option Kit

  • 2x 2U cable wall (SBB7A86017, C3RS)

For details on installing the cable wall replacements, see the  SR650 V4 User Guide:
https://pubs.lenovo.com/sr650-v4/cable_wall_replacement_2u

RAID flash power module (supercap) support

If you plan to add one of the RAID adapters that includes a RAID flash power module (supercap) as a field upgrade, then you will also need to order a Supercap installation kit for the power module. For CTO orders, the components in the installation kit are automatically derived when you select the RAID adapter.

The adapters that this applies to are as follows:

  • Any supported RAID 940 adapter
  • Any supported RAID 9350 adapter

There are up to four possible locations for supercaps, depending on the air baffle or mid-chassis drive bays installed, as follows:

  • Standard air baffle: 4 supercaps
  • GPU air baffle: 4 supercaps
  • 2.5-inch mid-chassis drive bays: 2 supercaps

See the following User Guide page for the specifics on the locations:
https://pubs.lenovo.com/sr650-v4/supercap_replacement

Supercap holders are integrated into the air baffles and mid-chassis drive cage. No additional components are needed.

2.5-inch drive bay fillers

Backplane option kits include the necessary drive bay fillers, however if needed, additional blanks can be ordered as listed in the following table.

Table 39. Drive bay fillers for 2.5-inch bays
Part number Description
4XH7A99569 ThinkSystem 2.5" 1x1 HDD Filler by 8 units (contains 8x single drive-bay fillers)

M.2 drives

In this section:

The SR650 V4 supports one or two M.2 form-factor SATA or NVMe drives for use as an operating system boot solution or as additional storage.

M.2 drives can be installed in one of the following locations:

  • Internal to the server (non-hot-swap) on an M.2 module which is mounted horizontally in the server. RAID is either integrated or with the use of VROC, depending on the M.2 adapter selected. Locations are as follows:
    • In servers without mid-chassis drives, the M.2 module is mounted on the air baffle
    • With a mid-chassis drive cage, the M.2 module is mounted on the drive cage, as shown in the Mid drive bays section.
  • Rear-mounted hot-swap M.2 drives with integrated RAID.
  • Front-mounted hot-swap M.2 drives with integrated RAID. Only supported with E3.S and 2.5-inch front drive configurations.

The following figure shows the SR650 V4 with front and rear hot-swap M.2 drive bays.

Hot-swap M.2 drive bays
Figure 20. Hot-swap M.2 drive bays

The following figure shows the components of the rear hot-swap M.2 drive bays.

Rear hot-swap M.2 drive bays
Figure 21. Rear hot-swap M.2 drive bays

The following figure shows the components of the front hot-swap M.2 drive bays.

Front hot-swap M.2 drive bays
Figure 22. Front hot-swap M.2 drive bays

M.2 ordering information

The supported M.2 module is listed in the following table. For field upgrades see the M.2 field upgrades section below.

Table 40. M.2 adapters
Part number Feature code Description SATA
drives
NVMe
drives
RAID Max
Qty
Internal M.2 (non-hot-swap)
4Y37A91802 C0JK ThinkSystem M.2 B340i-2i NVMe Enablement Adapter No Yes (x2 lanes per drive) VROC 1
4Y37A93746 C26V ThinkSystem M.2 RAID B545i-2i SATA/NVMe Adapter Yes Yes (x1 lane per drive) Integrated (Broadcom) 1
Rear hot-swap M.2
4XH7B03860 C0JJ

ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 M.2 RAID B450p-2HS SATA/NVMe Enablement Kit

  • M.2 rear drive cage for FH slot
  • M.2 rear drive cage for 2xFH slots
  • M.2 2-drive hot-swap backplane
  • 2x empty M.2 hot-swap adapter tray
  • Signal and power cables
Yes Yes (x1 lane per drive) Integrated (Broadcom) 1
Front hot-swap M.2
4XH7B03857 C217 (C0TT)*

ThinkSystem SR650 V4 M.2 RAID B540d-2HS SATA/NVMe Enablement Kit for

  • M.2 front drive cage
  • M.2 2-drive hot-swap backplane
  • M.2 control board
  • 2x empty M.2 hot-swap adapter trays
  • Signal and power cables
Yes Yes (x1 lane per drive) Integrated (Broadcom) 1

* For CTO orders in DCSC, to select the front hot-swap M.2, you will need to select ThinkSystem M.2 RAID B540d-2HS SATA/NVMe Hot-Swap Controller Board (feature C217) which will then derive ThinkSystem M.2 RAID B540d-2HS SATA/NVMe Adapter (feature C0TT) plus any other needed components.

Configuration notes:

  • M.2 is not supported with all storage configurations - see Storage configurations for details.
  • For CTO orders, all other necessary components, except for the M.2 drives themselves, will be automatically included in the order. For drives, see the Internal drive options section.
  • For field upgrades of the internal M.2, an additional cable is needed as described in the M.2 field upgrades for internal M.2 section below.
  • For field upgrades of the rear or front hot-swap M.2, one additional kit is needed for each M.2 drive you plan to install, as described in the M.2 field upgrades for hot-swap M.2 section below.
  • Rear M.2 is not supported with open-loop water cooling

VROC RAID support for the B340i-2i adapter

ThinkSystem M.2 B340i-2i NVMe Enablement Adapter (4Y37A91802) optionally supports RAID with the use of Intel VROC. For CTO orders, ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 41. CTO feature codes to select VROC RAID for ThinkSystem M.2 B340i-2i NVMe Enablement Adapter (4Y37A91802)
Part number Feature code Description Max
Qty
RAID
support
VROC NVMe RAID for ThinkSystem M.2 B340i-2i NVMe Enablement Adapter (4Y37A91802)
4L47A92670* BZ4X Intel VROC RAID1 Only for M.2 1 RAID-1
4L47A83669* BS7M Intel VROC (VMD NVMe RAID) Standard for M.2 1 RAID-0,1

* The part numbers enable VROC for all installed drives, not just M.2

M.2 adapter features

The ThinkSystem M.2 B340i-2i NVMe Enablement Adapter (4Y37A91802) has the following features:

  • Supports one or two NVMe M.2 drives (SATA not supported)
  • Drives are not hot-swap
  • Support M.2 2280 (80mm) drive form factor only
  • No built-in RAID support (optionally supports Intel VROC NVMe RAID)
  • PCIe 5.0 x4 host interface; PCIe 5.0 x2 connection to each drive
  • Management and configuration support via UEFI and OS-based tools
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools
  • Supports SED drive encryption

The ThinkSystem M.2 RAID B545i-2i SATA/NVMe Adapter (4Y37A93746) has the following features:

  • Supports one or two M.2 drives, either SATA or NVMe
  • Drives are not hot-swap
  • Supports M.2 2242, 2260, 2280 drive form factors (42mm, 60mm, 80mm)
  • RAID support via an onboard Broadcom SAS3808N RAID Controller
  • With 1 drive, supports JBOD
  • With 2 drives, supports 2-drive RAID-0, 2-drive RAID-1, or JBOD
  • PCIe 4.0 x2 host interface; PCIe 4.0 x1 connection to each drive
  • Management and configuration support via UEFI and OS-based tools
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools
  • Supports SED drive encryption

The ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 M.2 RAID B450p-2HS SATA/NVMe Enablement Kit (4XH7B03860) has the following features:

  • Supports one or two M.2 drives, either SATA or NVMe
  • Each drive is installed in a hot-swap carrier
  • Support M.2 2280 (80mm) drive form factor only
  • RAID support via an onboard Broadcom SAS3808N RAID Controller
  • With 1 drive, supports JBOD
  • With 2 drives, supports 2-drive RAID-0, 2-drive RAID-1, or JBOD
  • PCIe 4.0 x2 host interface; PCIe 4.0 x1 connection to each drive
  • Management and configuration support via UEFI and OS-based tools
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools
  • Supports SED drive encryption

The ThinkSystem SR650 V4 M.2 RAID B540d-2HS SATA/NVMe Enablement Kit for (4XH7B03857) has the following features:

  • Supports one or two M.2 drives, either SATA or NVMe
  • Each drive is installed in a hot-swap carrier
  • Support M.2 2280 (80mm) drive form factor only
  • RAID support via an onboard Broadcom SAS3808N RAID Controller
  • With 1 drive, supports JBOD
  • With 2 drives, supports 2-drive RAID-0, 2-drive RAID-1, or JBOD
  • PCIe 4.0 x2 host interface; PCIe 4.0 x1 connection to each drive
  • Management and configuration support via UEFI and OS-based tools
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools
  • Supports SED drive encryption

M.2 field upgrades for internal M.2

For field upgrades to add one of the supported internal M.2 adapters, the SR650 V4 also requires an additional M.2 cable kit. Ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 42. M.2 Cable Kits for field upgrades to add an internal M.2 adapter
Part number Description Qty
4XH7B03859 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Internal M.2 Enablement Cable kit 1

M.2 field upgrades for hot-swap M.2

This section applies to both the front hot-swap M.2 and rear hot-swap M.2.

In addition to the M.2 adapter kit (4XH7B03860 for rear, or 4XH7B03857 for front as listed in the M.2 adapters table), for each M.2 drive you want to add to the server as a hot-swap drive, you will also need to a drive kit which supplies the M.2 adapter, drive tray, and drive heatsink that are needed. One kit is required for each M.2 drive.

Table 43. M.2 kit for field upgrades to add hot-swap M.2 drives
Part number Description Qty
4XH7A96837

ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U Hot Swap M.2 SATA/NVMe Drive Assembly Kit (see below)

  • M.2 adapter
  • M.2 drive tray
  • M.2 drive heatsink
1 per drive

The following figure shows the components of the ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U Hot Swap M.2 SATA/NVMe Drive Assembly Kit (4XH7A96837), used for hot-swap M.2 (for both front and rear drive bays, not for internal M.2). The M.2 drive needs to be ordered separately.

Components of the ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U Hot Swap M.2 SATA/NVMe Drive Assembly Kit
Figure 23. Components of the ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U Hot Swap M.2 SATA/NVMe Drive Assembly Kit

SED encryption key management with SKLM

The server supports self-encrypting drives (SEDs) as listed in the Internal drive options section. To effectively manage a large deployment of these drives in Lenovo servers, IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager (SKLM) offers a centralized key management solution.

The IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager software is available from Lenovo using the ordering information listed in the following table.

Table 44. IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager licenses
Part number Feature Description
SKLM Basic Edition
7S0A007FWW S874 IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager Basic Edition Install License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months
7S0A008VWW SDJR IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager Basic Edition Install License + SW Subscription & 3 Years Of Support
7S0A008WWW SDJS IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager Basic Edition Install License + SW Subscription & 4 Years Of Support
7S0A008XWW SDJT IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager Basic Edition Install License + SW Subscription & 5 Years Of Support
SKLM For Raw Decimal Terabyte Storage
7S0A007HWW S876 IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Raw Decimal Terabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months
7S0A008YWW SDJU IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Raw Decimal Terabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & 3 Years Of Support
7S0A008ZWW SDJV IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Raw Decimal Terabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & 4 Years Of Support
7S0A0090WW SDJW IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Raw Decimal Terabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & 5 Years Of Support
SKLM For Raw Decimal Petabyte Storage
7S0A007KWW S878 IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Raw Decimal Petabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months
7S0A0091WW SDJX IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Raw Decimal Petabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & 3 Years Of Support
7S0A0092WW SDJY IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Raw Decimal Petabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & 4 Years Of Support
7S0A0093WW SDJZ IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Raw Decimal Petabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & 5 Years Of Support
SKLM For Usable Decimal Terabyte Storage
7S0A007MWW S87A IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Usable Decimal Terabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months
7S0A0094WW SDK0 IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Usable Decimal Terabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & 3 Years In Support
7S0A0095WW SDK1 IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Usable Decimal Terabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & 4 Years In Support
7S0A0096WW SDK2 IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Usable Decimal Terabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & 5 Years In Support
SKLM For Usable Decimal Petabyte Storage
7S0A007PWW S87C IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Usable Decimal Petabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & Support 12 Months
7S0A0097WW SDK3 IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Usable Decimal Petabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & 3 Years Of Support
7S0A0098WW SDK4 IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Usable Decimal Petabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & 4 Years Of Support
7S0A0099WW SDK5 IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager For Usable Decimal Petabyte Storage Resource Value Unit License + SW Subscription & 5 Years Of Support

Controllers for internal storage

The SR650 V4 offers a variety of controller options for internal drives:

  • For 2.5-inch and 3.5-inch drives:
    • RAID adapters and HBAs for SAS/SATA drives (PCIe slot-based)
    • RAID adapters and HBAs for SAS/SATA drives (cabled in a dedicated space)
    • Onboard NVMe ports with RAID support using Intel VROC NVMe RAID
    • Tri-Mode support using RAID 940 adapters for NVMe drives, with RAID provided by the RAID adapter
  • For E3.S EDSFF drives:
    • Onboard NVMe ports with RAID support using Intel VROC NVMe RAID
  • For M.2 drives (see M.2 drives section)
    • SATA controller integrated on the M.2 adapters
    • NVMe controller integrated on the M.2 adapters (Intel VROC for RAID)

As well as supporting RAID adapters and HBAs that install in a PCIe slot, the SR650 V4 with 2.5-inch front drive bays supports a custom form factor (CFF) adapter that is mounted in the server and cabled to one of the onboard NVMe ports.

The following table lists the adapters used for the internal storage of the server. For VROC ordering information, see the Intel VROC section.

No Onboard SATA support: The processors in the SR650 V4 do not offer onboard SATA support. For SATA drives, you will need either a RAID adapter or an HBA.

Table 45. Storage controller support for internal drives
Part number Feature code Description Max Qty Slots Supercap
Onboard NVMe - PCIe 5.0 - RAID using Intel VROC.
CTO only BC4V Non RAID NVMe 1 None No
SAS HBA - PCIe 3.0
4Y37A72481 BJHJ ThinkSystem 4350-16i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA 2 1-10 No
SAS HBA - PCIe 4.0
4Y37A78602 BM50 ThinkSystem 440-16i SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb HBA 2 1-10 No
4Y37A09725 B8P1 ThinkSystem 440-16i SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb Internal HBA 1 CFF* No
SAS Expander
4Y37A09736 B8P6 ThinkSystem 48 port 12Gb Internal Expander 1 CFF* No
RAID Adapter - PCIe 3.0
4Y37A72482 BJHK ThinkSystem RAID 5350-8i PCIe 12Gb Adapter 3 1-10 No
4Y37A72483 BJHL ThinkSystem RAID 9350-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter 3 1-10 Included
4Y37A72485 BJHN ThinkSystem RAID 9350-16i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter 2 1-10 Included
RAID Adapter - PCIe 4.0
4Y37A93012 C0TU ThinkSystem RAID 545-8i PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter 3 1-10 No
4Y37A09728 B8NY ThinkSystem RAID 940-8i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter 3 1-10 Included
4Y37A09730 B8NZ ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter 2 1-10 Included
4Y37A09735 B8P0 ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Internal Adapter 1 CFF* Included
NVMe (Tri-Mode support)
4Y37A09728† BGM1 ThinkSystem RAID 940-8i 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter for U.3 3 1-10 Included
4Y37A09730† BDY4 ThinkSystem Raid 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter for U.3 1 1-10 Included
4Y37A09735† BGM2 ThinkSystem RAID 940-16i 8GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Internal Adapter for U.3 1 CFF* Included

* CFF (custom form factor) is the name for the cabled internal adapter form factor that doesn't occupy a standard PCIe slot
† with Tri-Mode enabled, the adapter supports PCIe 4.0 x1 connectivity to NVMe drives with U.3 interface

Configuration notes:

  • Supercap support limits the number of RAID adapters installable: The table lists whether the adapter includes a power module (supercap) to power the flash memory. The server supports between 1 and 3 supercaps depending on the server configuration as described in the RAID flash power module (supercap) support section. The number of supercaps supported also determines the maximum number of RAID adapters with flash that can be installed in the server.
  • Field upgrades: If you are adding a RAID adapter with supercap to the server as a field upgrade, you may need a supercap holder as described in the RAID flash power module (supercap) support section.

The onboard NVMe support has the following features:

  • Support integrated into the Intel processor
  • Each drive has PCIe 5.0 x4 host interface
  • Supports JBOD
  • Supports RAID using Intel VROC

For specifications about the RAID adapters and HBAs supported by the SR650 V4, see the ThinkSystem RAID Adapter and HBA Comparison, available from:
https://lenovopress.com/lp1288-lenovo-thinksystem-raid-adapter-and-hba-reference#sr650-v4-support=SR650%2520V4

For details about these adapters, see the relevant product guide:

RAID 940 Tri-Mode support

The RAID 940-8i and RAID 940-16i adapters also support NVMe through a feature named Tri-Mode support (or Trimode support). This feature enables the use of NVMe U.3 drives at the same time as SAS and SATA drives. Tri-Mode requires an AnyBay backplane. Cabling of the controller to the backplanes is the same as with SAS/SATA drives, and the NVMe drives are connected via a PCIe x1 link to the controller.

NVMe drives connected using Tri-Mode support provide better performance than SAS or SATA drives: A SATA SSD has a data rate of 6Gbps, a SAS SSD has a data rate of 12Gbps, whereas an NVMe U.3 Gen 4 SSD with a PCIe x1 link will have a data rate of 16Gbps. NVMe drives typically also have lower latency and higher IOPS compared to SAS and SATA drives. Tri-Mode is supported with U.3 NVMe drives and requires an AnyBay backplane.

Tri-Mode requires U.3 drives: Only NVMe drives with a U.3 interface are supported. U.2 drives are not supported. See the Internal drive options section for the U.3 drives supported by the server.

Intel VROC onboard RAID

Intel VROC (Virtual RAID on CPU) is a feature of the Intel processor that enables Integrated RAID support.

On the SR650 V4, Intel VROC provides RAID functions for the onboard NVMe controller (Intel VROC NVMe RAID).

VROC NVMe RAID offers RAID support for any NVMe drives directly connected to the ports on the server's system board or via adapters such as NVMe retimers or NVMe switch adapters. On the SR650 V4, RAID levels implemented are based on the VROC feature selected as indicated in the following table. RAID 1 is limited to 2 drives per array, and RAID 10 is limited to 4 drives per array. Hot-spare functionality is also supported.

Performance tip: For best performance with VROC NVMe RAID, the drives in an array should all be connected to the same processor. Spanning processors is possible however performance will be unpredictable and should be evaluated based on your workload.

The SR650 V4 supports the VROC NVMe RAID offerings listed in the following table.

Table 46. Intel VROC NVMe RAID ordering information and feature support
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Intel
NVMe SSDs
Non-Intel
NVMe SSDs
RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 10 RAID 5
4L47A92670 BZ4W Intel VROC RAID1 Only Yes Yes No Yes No No
4L47A83669 BR9B Intel VROC (VMD NVMe RAID) Standard Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No
4L47A39164 B96G Intel VROC (VMD NVMe RAID) Premium Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Configuration notes:

  • If a feature code is ordered in a CTO build, the VROC functionality is enabled in the factory. For field upgrades, order a part number and it will be fulfilled as a Feature on Demand (FoD) license which can then be activated via the XCC management processor user interface.
  • Intel VROC NVMe is supported on all Intel Xeon Scalable processors

Virtualization support: Virtualization support for Intel VROC is as follows:

  • VROC (VMD) NVMe RAID: VROC (VMD) NVMe RAID is supported by ESXi, KVM, Xen, and Hyper-V. ESXi support is limited to RAID 1 only; other RAID levels are not supported. Windows and Linux OSes support VROC RAID NVMe, both for host boot functions and for guest OS function, and RAID-0, 1, 5, and 10 are supported. On ESXi, VROC is supported with both boot and data drives.

Internal drive options

The following tables list the drive options for internal storage of the server.

M.2 drive support: The use of M.2 drives requires an additional adapter as described in the M.2 drives subsection.

SED support: The tables include a column to indicate which drives support SED encryption. The encryption functionality can be disabled if needed. Note: Not all SED-enabled drives have "SED" in the description.

Table 47. 2.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS HDDs
Part number Feature
code
Description SED
support
Max
Qty
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 10K
7XB7A00025 AULZ ThinkSystem 2.5" 600GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 40
7XB7A00027 AUM1 ThinkSystem 2.5" 1.2TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 40
4XB7A83970 BRG7 ThinkSystem 2.5" 2.4TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD v2 No 40
Table 48. 2.5-inch hot-swap 24 Gb SAS SSDs
Part number Feature
code
Description SED
support
Max
Qty
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 24 Gb SAS - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A80340 BNW8 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1655 800GB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80341 BNW9 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1655 1.6TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80342 BNW6 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1655 3.2TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80343 BP3K ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1655 6.4TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 24 Gb SAS - Read Intensive/Entry/Capacity (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A80318 BNWC ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 960GB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80319 BNWE ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 1.92TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80320 BNWF ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 3.84TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80321 BP3E ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 7.68TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80322 BP3J ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 15.36TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A80323 BP3D ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1653 30.72TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 40
Table 49. 2.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SATA SSDs
Part number Feature
code
Description SED
support
Max
Qty
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A93091 C1X3 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM897a 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A93092 C1X4 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM897a 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A93093 C1X5 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM897a 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A93094 C1X6 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM897a 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A90884 BYM2 ThinkSystem 2.5" VA 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90885 BYM4 ThinkSystem 2.5" VA 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90886 BYM5 ThinkSystem 2.5" VA 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90887 BYM6 ThinkSystem 2.5" VA 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A82289 BQ21 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 MAX 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82290 BQ24 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 MAX 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82291 BQ22 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 MAX 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82292 BQ23 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 MAX 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A90872 BYLQ ThinkSystem 2.5" VA 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90873 BYLR ThinkSystem 2.5" VA 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90874 BYLS ThinkSystem 2.5" VA 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90875 BYLT ThinkSystem 2.5" VA 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90876 BYLU ThinkSystem 2.5" VA 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A90877 BYLV ThinkSystem 2.5" VA 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 40
4XB7A87524 BWKN ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893a 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A87525 BWKM ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893a 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A87526 BWKL ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893a 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A87527 BWKK ThinkSystem 2.5" PM893a 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82258 BQ1Q ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82260 BQ1R ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82261 BQ1X ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82262 BQ1S ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
4XB7A82263 BQ1T ThinkSystem 2.5" 5400 PRO 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD Support 40
Table 50. 2.5-inch hot-swap PCIe 5.0 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature
code
Description SED
support
Max
Qty
2.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 5.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A93097 C1WM ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9D5a 800GB Mixed Use NVMe NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93098 C1WN ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9D5a 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93099 C1WP ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9D5a 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93100 C1WR ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9D5a 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93101 C1WQ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9D5a 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93127 C0ZR ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 VA 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93128 C0ZQ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 VA 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93129 C0ZP ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 VA 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93130 C0ZN ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 VA 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
2.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 5.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A93066 C0GK ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9D3a 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93067 C0GL ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9D3a 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93068 C0GN ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9D3a 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93069 C0GP ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9D3a 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93095 C1WL ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 PM9D3a 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93122 C0ZV ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 VA 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93123 C0ZU ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 VA 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93124 C0ZT ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 VA 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93125 C0ZS ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 VA 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
Table 51. 2.5-inch hot-swap PCIe 4.0 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature
code
Description SED
support
Max
Qty
2.5-inch SSDs - U.3 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A95054 C2BG ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 MAX 800GB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A95055 C2BV ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 MAX 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A95056 C2BW ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 MAX 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A95057 C2BF ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 MAX 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A95058 C2BX ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 MAX 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
2.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A93075 C1WJ ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5336 30.72TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A93076 C1WK ThinkSystem 2.5" U.2 P5336 61.44TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
2.5-inch SSDs - U.3 PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A95049 C2BY ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 PRO 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A95050 C2BR ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 PRO 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A95051 C2BS ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 PRO 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A95052 C2BT ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 PRO 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
4XB7A95053 C2BU ThinkSystem 2.5" U.3 7500 PRO 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 HS SSD Support 36
Table 52. E3.S 1T EDSFF hot-swap PCIe 5.0 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature
code
Description SED
support
Max
Qty
E3.S hot-swap SSDs - PCIe 5.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A95510 C3P7 ThinkSystem E3.S CD8P 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A95511 C3P8 ThinkSystem E3.S CD8P 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A95512 C3P9 ThinkSystem E3.S CD8P 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A95513 C3PA ThinkSystem E3.S CD8P 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93136 C1WD ThinkSystem E3.S 1T VA 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD v2 Support 32
4XB7A93137 C1WE ThinkSystem E3.S 1T VA 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD v2 Support 32
4XB7A93138 C1WF ThinkSystem E3.S 1T VA 6.4TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD v2 Support 32
4XB7A93139 C1WG ThinkSystem E3.S 1T VA 12.8TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD v2 Support 32
E3.S hot-swap SSDs - PCIe 5.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A93132 C1W9 ThinkSystem E3.S 1T VA 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD v2 Support 32
4XB7A93133 C1WA ThinkSystem E3.S 1T VA 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD v2 Support 32
4XB7A93134 C1WB ThinkSystem E3.S 1T VA 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD v2 Support 32
4XB7A93080 C1AB ThinkSystem E3.S PM9D3a 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93810 C0R2 ThinkSystem E3.S CD8P 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93811 C0R3 ThinkSystem E3.S CD8P 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93812 C0R4 ThinkSystem E3.S CD8P 7.68TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
4XB7A93813 C0R5 ThinkSystem E3.S CD8P 15.36TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 32
Table 53. 3.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS HDDs
Part number Feature
code
Description SED
support
Max
Qty
3.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb NL SAS
7XB7A00042 AUU5 ThinkSystem 3.5" 2TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 16
7XB7A00043 AUU6 ThinkSystem 3.5" 4TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 16
7XB7A00045 B0YR ThinkSystem 3.5" 8TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 16
7XB7A00067 B117 ThinkSystem 3.5" 12TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 16
4XB7A13911 B7EZ ThinkSystem 3.5" 16TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 16
4XB7A80353 BPKU ThinkSystem 3.5" 20TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 16
4XB7A93007 C2BH ThinkSystem 3.5" 24TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD Support 16
3.5-inch hot-swap SED HDDs - 12 Gb NL SAS
7XB7A00066 B0YQ ThinkSystem 3.5" 8TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD FIPS Support 16
Table 54. 3.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SATA HDDs
Part number Feature
code
Description SED
support
Max
Qty
3.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 6 Gb NL SATA
7XB7A00050 AUUD ThinkSystem 3.5" 2TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 16
7XB7A00051 AUU8 ThinkSystem 3.5" 4TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD No 16
7XB7A00053 AUU9 ThinkSystem 3.5" 8TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 16
7XB7A00068 B118 ThinkSystem 3.5" 12TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 16
4XB7A13914 B7F0 ThinkSystem 3.5" 16TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 16
4XB7A80354 BPKV ThinkSystem 3.5" 20TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD No 16
4XB7A93008 C2BJ ThinkSystem 3.5" 24TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD Support 16
Table 55. 3.5-inch hot-swap 24 Gb SAS SSDs
Part number Feature
code
Description SED
support
Max
Qty
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 24 Gb SAS - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A80344 BNW7 ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1655 800GB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 16
4XB7A80345 BNWA ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1655 1.6TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 16
4XB7A80346 BNWB ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1655 3.2TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 16
4XB7A80347 BP3G ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1655 6.4TB Mixed Use SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 16
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 24 Gb SAS - Read Intensive/Entry/Capacity (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A80324 BNWD ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 960GB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 16
4XB7A80325 BNWG ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 1.92TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 16
4XB7A80326 BNWH ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 3.84TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 16
4XB7A80327 BP3F ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 7.68TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 16
4XB7A80328 BP3H ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1653 15.36TB Read Intensive SAS 24Gb HS SSD Support 16
Table 56. 3.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SATA SSDs
Part number Feature
code
Description SED
support
Max
Qty
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A90888 BYM3 ThinkSystem 3.5" VA 480GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 16
4XB7A90889 BYM7 ThinkSystem 3.5" VA 960GB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 16
4XB7A90890 BYM8 ThinkSystem 3.5" VA 1.92TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 16
4XB7A90891 BYLX ThinkSystem 3.5" VA 3.84TB Mixed Use SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 16
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A90878 BYLW ThinkSystem 3.5" VA 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 16
4XB7A90879 BYLJ ThinkSystem 3.5" VA 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 16
4XB7A90880 BYLY ThinkSystem 3.5" VA 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 16
4XB7A90881 BYLZ ThinkSystem 3.5" VA 1.92TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 16
4XB7A90882 BYM0 ThinkSystem 3.5" VA 3.84TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 16
4XB7A90883 BYM1 ThinkSystem 3.5" VA 7.68TB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb HS SSD v2 No 16
Table 57. 3.5-inch hot-swap PCIe 5.0 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature
code
Description SED
support
Max
Qty
3.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 5.0 NVMe - Mixed Use/Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A93102 C3Q5 ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 PM9D5a 1.6TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 4
4XB7A93103 C3Q4 ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 PM9D5a 3.2TB Mixed Use NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 4
3.5-inch SSDs - U.2 PCIe 5.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A93096 C3Q7 ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 PM9D3a 1.92TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 4
4XB7A93070 C3Q6 ThinkSystem 3.5" U.2 PM9D3a 3.84TB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 5.0 x4 HS SSD Support 4
Table 58. M.2 SATA drives
Part number Feature
code
Description SED
support
Max
Qty
M.2 SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A89422 BYF7 ThinkSystem M.2 ER3 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A90049 BYF8 ThinkSystem M.2 ER3 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A90230 BYF9 ThinkSystem M.2 ER3 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82286 BQ1Z ThinkSystem M.2 5400 PRO 240GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82287 BQ1Y ThinkSystem M.2 5400 PRO 480GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A82288 BQ20 ThinkSystem M.2 5400 PRO 960GB Read Intensive SATA 6Gb NHS SSD Support 2
Table 59. M.2 PCIe 4.0 NVMe drives
Part number Feature
code
Description SED
support
Max
Qty
M.2 SSDs - PCIe 4.0 NVMe - Read Intensive/Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A82636 BS2P ThinkSystem M.2 7450 PRO 480GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 NHS SSD Support 2
4XB7A13999 BKSR ThinkSystem M.2 7450 PRO 960GB Read Intensive NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4 NHS SSD Support 2

USB flash drive

For general portable storage needs, the server also supports the USB flash drive option that is listed in the following table.

Table 60. USB memory key
Part number Feature Description
4X77A95465 C44Q ThinkSystem USB 64GB USB 3.0 Flash Drive

Internal backup units

The server does not supports any internal backup units, such as tape drives or RDX drives. External backup units are available as described in the External backup units section.

Optical drives

The server supports the external USB optical drive listed in the following table.

Table 61. External optical drive
Part number Feature code Description
7XA7A05926 AVV8 ThinkSystem External USB DVD RW Optical Disk Drive

The drive is based on the Lenovo Slim DVD Burner DB65 drive and supports the following formats: DVD-RAM, DVD-RW, DVD+RW, DVD+R, DVD-R, DVD-ROM, DVD-R DL, CD-RW, CD-R, CD-ROM.

I/O expansion

The SR650 V4 supports a total of up to 10x PCIe slots plus 2x OCP slots, all at the rear of the server. Slot availability is based on riser selection and drive bays configured.

Internal (CFF) RAID adapter/HBA: For configurations with 2.5-inch front drive bays, an internal RAID adapter or HBA (also known as CFF or custom form factor) can be installed in a dedicated space and cabled to a PCIe 4.0 x8 connector, thereby freeing up a slot for other purposes. E3.S configurations do not support a RAID adapter.

Topics in this section:

The following figure shows the locations of the rear-accessible slots. The rear OCP slots are located below the PCIe slots. All slots are PCIe Gen 5.

SR650 V4 rear slots
Figure 24. SR650 V4 rear slots

The supported slot and riser card combinations are as follows:

  • Riser 1: Slots 1 & 2 (connects to CPU 1), low-profile slots (full height when configured with 8x 2.5-inch rear drive bays)
    • Choice 1: x8, x8
    • Choice 2: x16, x16
  • Riser 2: Slots 3, 4 & 5 (connects to CPU 1), full-height slots
    • Choice 1: x8, x16, x16
    • Choice 2: Empty, x16, x16 (use with double-wide GPU in slot 4)
    • Choice 3: x16, x16, Empty
    • Choice 4: Empty, Empty, x16 (use with 4x3.5-inch or 8x2.5-inch rear drive bays)
  • Riser 3: Slots 6, 7 & 8 (connects to CPU 2), full-height slots
    • Choice 1: x8, x16, x16
    • Choice 2: Empty, x16, x16 (use with double-wide GPU in slot 7)
    • Choice 3: x16, x16, Empty
    • Choice 4: Empty, Empty, x16 (use with any 2.5-inch or 3.5-inch rear drive bays)
  • Riser 4: Slots 9 & 10 (connects to CPU 2), low-profile slots
    • Choice 1: x8, x8
    • Choice 2: x16, x16

All x8 slots are open-ended slots, which means they can physically support x16 adapters even though only 8 lanes (x8) will be connected.

In addition, the server has two OCP slots:

  • OCP1 (connects to CPU 1)
    • Choice 1: x8
    • Choice 2: x16 (requires ThinkSystem SR650 V4/SR630 V4 x16 OCP Cable Kit, feature C1YK)
  • OCP2 (connects to CPU 2)
    • Choice 1: x8
    • Choice 2: x16 (requires ThinkSystem SR650 V4/SR630 V4 x16 OCP Cable Kit, feature C1YK)

Slots can be used in conjunction with rear 2.5-inch or 3.5-inch drive bays. Slot 8 can instead be configured as a pair of hot-swap M.2 drives. Combinations are shown in the following figure.

Riser 1 slots: With most configurations, slots 1 and 2 (Riser 1) are Low Profile slots, however with the 8x 2.5-inch drive configuration, the slots in Riser 1 are Full Height slots.

PCIe slots with rear drive bays
Figure 25. PCIe slots with rear drive bays

Slot ordering information

In the SR650 V4, slots are configured one slot at a time, based on customer need for PCIe slots. This is different to prior generations, where slots were configured at the complete riser level, not the slot level.

The DCSC configurator includes a new slot configuration wizard which will automate the selection of slots and riser cages, based on the adapters and rear drive bays selected. The wizard includes a visual representation of where each adapter is to be placed.

The SR650 V4 uses a modular riser card design for Riser 2 and Riser 3, in that risers start with only 1 slot (slot 5 or slot 8) and can be configured with additional slots as needed. Additional slots can be configured CTO and built in the factory, or can be added as field upgrades after delivery. Slots 5 and 8 are connected to riser slots on the system board. The other slots (slots 4 & 3 for Riser 2 and slots 7 & 6 for Riser 3) are connected via cables to additional PCIe connectors on the system board. This "pay-as-you-go" design ensures that your server configuration only includes the adapter slots you need, thereby minimizing the cost of the overall server solution.

Tip: For Riser 2 and Riser 3, you do not need to select the lower slots before selecting upper slots. For example, you can select slots for Slot 3 and Slot 4, but leave Slot 5 empty.

The two slots in Riser 1 and Riser 4 are installed as a pair. Both must be selected and installed at the same time.

The following table lists the ordering information for the rear slots.

SR650 V4 rear slots
Figure 26. SR650 V4 rear slots

Table 62. Ordering information for rear slots
Part number Feature Description of feature code Purpose
Riser 1 (slots 1 & 2) 
4XH7B03717 C3S7 ThinkSystem 2U V4 2LP Riser Cage Cage for Riser 1 or 4
4XH7B03718 C3R9 ThinkSystem SR650 V4 x8 Rear Riser Slot 1 Riser for Slot 1, x8
4XH7B03718 C4U8 ThinkSystem SR650 V4 x8 Rear Riser Slot 2 Riser for Slot 2, x8
Riser 1 (slots 1 & 2) for use with 8x2.5-inch drive bays
4XH7B03848* C3RY ThinkSystem 2U SR650 V4 2FH Riser Cage (Rear 8x25 HDD Cage) Cage for Riser 1 for use with 8x2.5-inch drive bays
4X97B02316 C4TW ThinkSystem SR650 V4 x8 Rear Riser Slot 1 w/ Rear 8x2.5" BP Riser for Slot 1, x8
4X97B02318 C4TZ ThinkSystem SR650 V4 x16 Rear Riser Slot 2 w/ Rear 8x2.5" BP Riser for Slot 2, x16
Riser 2 (slots 3, 4, 5)
4XH7B03839 C3S5 ThinkSystem 2U V4 3FH Riser Cage Cage for Riser 2 or 3 without drive bays
4XH7B03719 C3S2 ThinkSystem 2U V4 1FH Riser Cage Cage for Riser 2 or 3 for use with all rear drive bays
4X97B02316 C3R4 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x8 Rear Riser Slot 3 Riser for Slot 3, x8
4X97B02319 C3R8 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x16 Rear Riser Slot 3 Riser for Slot 3, x16
4X97B02318 C3R3 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x16 Rear Riser Slot 4 Riser for Slot 4, x16, 75W
4X97B02317 C3R7 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x16 High Watts Rear Riser Slot 4 Riser for Slot 4, x16, >75W
4XH7B02315 C62D ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x16 Rear Direct Riser Slot 5 Riser for Slot 5, 16
Riser 3 (slots 6, 7, 8)
4XH7B03839 C3S5 ThinkSystem 2U V4 3FH Riser Cage Cage for Riser 2 or 3 without drive bays
4XH7B03719 C3S2 ThinkSystem 2U V4 1FH Riser Cage Cage for Riser 2 or 3 for use with all rear drive bays
4X97B02316 C4TX ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x8 Rear Riser Slot 6 Riser for Slot 6, x8
4X97B02319 C4U9 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x16 Rear Riser Slot 6 Riser for Slot 6, x16
4X97B02318 C4TV ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x16 Rear Riser Slot 7 Riser for Slot 7, x16, 75W
4X97B02317 C4UA ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x16 High Watts Rear Riser Slot 7 Riser for Slot 7, x16, >75W
4XH7B02315 C4U0 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x16 Rear Direct Riser Slot 8 Riser for Slot 8, 16
Riser 4 (slots 9, 10)
4XH7B03717 C3S7 ThinkSystem 2U V4 2LP Riser Cage Cage for Riser 1 or 4
4XH7B03718 C4U7 ThinkSystem SR650 V4 x8 Rear Riser Slot 9 Riser for Slot 9, x8
4XH7B03718 C4U6 ThinkSystem SR650 V4 x8 Rear Riser Slot 10 Riser for Slot 10, x8
OCP cable
4X97A97300 C1YK ThinkSystem SR650 V4/SR630 V4 x16 OCP Cable Kit With this cable, an OCP slot is PCIe x16. Without this cable, the OCP slot is PCIe x8. 1 per OCP slot.

* 4XH7B03848 also includes backplane and cage for 8x2.5-inch SAS/SATA drive bays

Slot field upgrades

Slot configurations can also be ordered as field upgrades using option part numbers, as listed in the following table.

SR650 V4 rear slots
Figure 27. SR650 V4 rear slots

Table 63. Slot field upgrades
Part number Description Contents & purpose Max Qty
Riser 1 (slots 1 & 2) or
Riser 4 (slots 9, 10)
4XH7B03718 ThinkSystem SR650 V4 x8/E PCIe G5 Riser 1 or 4 Option Kit Riser with x8 slot for use in slot 1, 2, 9, or 10 4
4XH7B03717 ThinkSystem SR650 V4 x8/x8 PCIe G5 Riser 1 or 4 Option Kit Cage for Riser 1 or Riser 4 (2x LP slot cage) 1
Riser 1 (slots 1 & 2) only for use with 8x2.5-inch drive bays
4X97B02316 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x8 Gen5 Cable Riser Slot 3 & 6 Option Kit Riser with x8 slot for use in slot 1 1
4X97B02318 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x16 Gen5 Cable Riser Slot 4 & 7 Option Kit Riser with x16 slot for use in slot 2 1
4XH7B03848 ThinkSystem SR650 V4 8x2.5" SAS/SATA Rear Backplane option Kit Cage for Riser 1 with 2 full-height slots
Backplane & cage for 8x2.5-inch SAS/SATA drives
1
Riser 2 (slots 3, 4, 5) or
Riser 3 (slots 6, 7, 8)
4XH7B03719 ThinkSystem SR650 V4 Riser Cage for Riser 2 or 3 w/ Rear Backplane Cage for Riser 2 or 3 for use with any rear drive bays 2
4XH7B03839 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Riser Cage for Riser 2 or 3 w/ 3x PCIe Slots installation Cage for Riser 2 or 3 without any rear drive bays 2
4X97B02316 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x8 Gen5 Cable Riser Slot 3 & 6 Option Kit Riser with x8 slot for Slot 3 or 6, 75W max 2
4X97B02319 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x16 Gen5 High Power Cable Riser Slot 3 & 6 Option Kit Riser with x16 slot for Slot 3 or 6, >75W 2
4X97B02318 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x16 Gen5 Cable Riser Slot 4 & 7 Option Kit Riser with x16 slot for Slot 4 or 7, 75W max 2
4X97B02317 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x16 Gen5 High Power Cable Riser Slot 4 & 7 Option Kit Riser with x16 slot for Slot 4 or 7, >75W 2
4XH7B02315 ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 x16 Gen5 Rigid Riser Slot 5 & 8 Option Kit Riser with x16 slot for Slot 5 or 8, 75W max 2
4XH7B04304 ThinkSystem SR650 V4 x16 Gen5 Rigid Riser Option Kit for CPU+MEM Direct Water Cooling (planned for June 2025) Riser with x16 slot for Slot 8, 75W for use with Compute Complex Neptune Core liquid cooling 1
OCP slots
4X97A97300 ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U OCP x16 Enablement Cable Kit With this cable, an OCP slot is PCIe x16. Without this cable, the OCP slot is PCIe x8. 1 per OCP slot. 2

Serial port

The SR650 V4 optionally supports a RS-232 serial port by adding a COM port bracket to either slot 5 or slot 8.

Ordering information is shown in the following table.

Table 64. Serial port
Part number Feature code Description
4X97A97253 C3FB ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U COM Port Upgrade Kit

The bracket is shown in the following figure. The option part number includes both Low Profile and Full Height brackets.

ThinkSystem COM Port Upgrade Kit
Figure 28. ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U COM Port Upgrade Kit

Network adapters

The server has two dedicated OCP 3.0 SFF slots each with either a PCIe x8 or x16 host interface. The OCP slots are both located at the rear of the server. See Figure 3 for the location of the OCP slots.

The following table lists the supported OCP adapters. One port can optionally be shared with the XCC management processor for Wake-on-LAN and NC-SI support.

Table 65. Supported OCP adapters
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Maximum
supported
PCIe
width
Gigabit Ethernet
4XC7A08235 B5T1 ThinkSystem Broadcom 5719 1GbE RJ45 4-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 2 PCIe x4
10 Gb Ethernet - 10GBASE-T
4XC7A95696 C4GB ThinkSystem Broadcom 57412 10GBase-T 4-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 2 PCIe x8
4XC7A08236 B5ST ThinkSystem Broadcom 57416 10GBASE-T 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 2 PCIe x8
4XC7A96732 C4HS ThinkSystem Intel E610-T2 10GBase-T 2-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter(Generic FW)* 2 PCIe x4
25 Gb Ethernet
4XC7A08237 BN2T ThinkSystem Broadcom 57414 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 2 PCIe x8
4XC7A80567 BPPW ThinkSystem Broadcom 57504 10/25GbE SFP28 4-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 2 PCIe x16†
4XC7A96736 C4HW ThinkSystem Intel E830-XXVDA2 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter(Generic FW)* 2 PCIe x8
4XC7A62582 BE4T ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 Lx 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter 2 PCIe x8
100 Gb Ethernet
4XC7A08243 BPPX ThinkSystem Broadcom 57508 100GbE QSFP56 2-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter 2 PCIe x16†
4XC7A99190 C62H ThinkSystem Nvidia ConnectX-6 Dx 100GbE QSFP56 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter(Generic)* 2 PCIe x16†
400 Gb Ethernet
4XC7A95695 C4CQ ThinkSystem Broadcom 57608 2x200/1x400GbE QSFP112 OCP Ethernet Adapter(Generic FW)) 2 PCIe x16†

* See the Adapters with Generic firmware section
† OCP x16 enablement cable required; see below

The table above indicates the PCIe width of host interface for each adapter. All adapters with a PCIe x16 interface will require that the OCP slots have a x16 connection, using the cable kit listed in the following table.

Table 66. ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U OCP x16 Enablement Cable Kit
Part number Feature code Description
4X97A97300 C1YK ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U OCP x16 Enablement Cable Kit

The following table lists additional supported network adapters that can be installed in the regular PCIe slots.

Table 67. Supported PCIe Network Adapters
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Maximum
supported
Slots PCIe width
Gigabit Ethernet
7ZT7A00484 AUZV ThinkSystem Broadcom 5719 1GbE RJ45 4-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 10 1-10 PCIe x8
10 Gb Ethernet - 10GBASE-T
4XC7A95697 C4GC ThinkSystem Broadcom 57412 10GBase-T 4-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 10 1-10 PCIe x8
7ZT7A00496 AUKP ThinkSystem Broadcom 57416 10GBASE-T 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 10 1-10 PCIe x8
4XC7A96733 C4HT ThinkSystem Intel E610-T4 10GBase-T 4-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter(Generic FW)* 8 3-8 PCIe x8
25 Gb Ethernet
4XC7A08238 BK1H ThinkSystem Broadcom 57414 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 10 1-10 PCIe x8
4XC7A80566 BNWM ThinkSystem Broadcom 57504 10/25GbE SFP28 4-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 6 3-8 PCIe x16
4XC7A96735 C4HV ThinkSystem Intel E830-XXVDA2 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter(Generic FW)* 8 3-8 PCIe x8
4XC7A62580 BE4U ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 Lx 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 10 1-10 PCIe x8
4XC7A99191 C62J ThinkSystem Nvidia ConnectX-7 10/25GbE SFP28 4-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter(Generic)* 6 3-8 PCIe x16
100 Gb Ethernet and HDR100 InfiniBand
4XC7A08297 BK1J ThinkSystem Broadcom 57508 100GbE QSFP56 2-Port PCIe 4 Ethernet Adapter 6 3-8 PCIe x16
4XC7A08248 B8PP ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 Dx 100GbE QSFP56 2-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 6 3-8 PCIe x16
200 Gb Ethernet and HDR/NDR200 InfiniBand
4XC7A81883 BQBN ThinkSystem NVIDIA ConnectX-7 NDR200/200GbE QSFP112 2-port PCIe Gen5 x16 Adapter 6 3-8 PCIe x16
400 Gb Ethernet and NDR InfiniBand
4XC7A95572 C4GA ThinkSystem Broadcom 57608 2x200/1x400GbE QSFP112 PCIe Ethernet Adapter 6 3-8 PCIe x16
4XC7A95508 C51C ThinkSystem NVIDIA ConnectX-7 NDR400 OSFP 1-port PCIe Gen5 VPI Adapter 6 3-8 PCIe x16
4XC7B03668 C9AQ ThinkSystem NVIDIA ConnectX-8 8240 400Gbs IB /400GbE QSFP112 2-Port PCIe Gen6 x16 (Generic FW)* 2‡ 5,7 PCIe x16
800 Gb XDR InfiniBand / 400 Gb Ethernet
4XC7B03667 C9AP ThinkSystem NVIDIA ConnectX-8 8180 800Gbs IB /400GbE OSFP 1-Port PCIe Gen6 x16 (Generic FW)* 2‡ 5,7 PCIe x16

* See the Adapters with Generic firmware section
‡ Auxiliary cable required; see below 

The NVIDIA ConnectX-8 8240 adapter (2x 400Gb) and ConnectX-8 8180 adapter (1x 800Gb) both require the use of an Auxiliary cable which plugs into a second PCIe x16 connection. The combination of the x16 host interface of the adapter plus the x16 connection of the Auxiliary cable results in a PCIe 5.0 x32 connection, needed for 800 Gb networking connectivity. Ordering information for the Auxiliary cable is listed in the following table. For CTO orders, the cable is automatically selected when one of the ConnectX-8 is selected.

Table 68. Auxiliary cable needed for ConnectX-8 adapters
Part number Feature code Description
4X97B05994 C8WC ThinkSystem 1U/2U V4 NVIDIA ConnectX-8 Aux Cable Kit

For more information, including the transceivers and cables that each adapter supports, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Networking adapters category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/ethernet

Adapters with Generic firmware

As indicated in the tables of supported adapters, some adapters are now offered by Lenovo with standard vendor firmware (look for "Generic FW" or "Generic" in the adapter names). These adapters are supported in Lenovo servers however there are currently limitations on the use of Lenovo management tools.

Support in Lenovo XClarity management tools for adapters with generic firmware is per the following table.

Tip: Always use firmware that is obtained from Lenovo sources to ensure the firmware is fully tested by Lenovo and is supported. You should not use firmware that is obtained from the vendor web site, unless directed to do so by Lenovo support.

Table 69. Lenovo XClarity management tools support
Function Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager Lenovo XClarity OneCLI (out-of-band) Lenovo XClarity OneCLI (in-band) Lenovo XClarity Administrator
Adapter configuration Supported (in-band via UEFI) Planned for support 3Q/2025 Planned for support 3Q/2025 Planned for support 3Q/2025

GPU adapters

This section describes the supported GPUs.

4x DW GPU support? If you are looking for support for 4 double-wide GPUs with NVLInk in a 2U rack form factor, consider the ThinkSystem SR650a V4 server.

GPU part numbers

The SR650 V4 supports the following graphics processing units (GPUs).

Table 70. Supported GPUs
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Controlled
GPU
Form
factor
Aux
power
Maximum
supported
Slots
supported
Single-wide GPUs
4X67A84824 BS2C ThinkSystem NVIDIA L4 24GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU Controlled LP No 10 1-10
4X67A97287 C4S1 ThinkSystem NVIDIA RTX 4000 Ada 20GB PCIe Active GPU No FHFL Yes 4 3,4,6,7
Double-wide GPUs
4X67A89325 BXAK ThinkSystem NVIDIA H100 NVL 94GB PCIe Gen5 Passive GPU Controlled FHFL Yes 2 4,7*
4X67A90669 BYFH ThinkSystem NVIDIA L40S 48GB PCIe Gen4 Passive GPU Controlled FHFL Yes 2 4,7*
4X67A96491 C4RX ThinkSystem NVIDIA RTX 4500 Ada 24GB PCIe Active GPU No FHFL Yes 2 4,7*
4X67A89324 C2DP ThinkSystem NVIDIA RTX 6000 Ada 48GB PCIe Active GPU Controlled FHFL Yes 2 4,7*

* When a double-wide GPU is installed in slot 4, slot 3 is unavailable; similarly when a double-wide GPU is installed in slot 7, slot 6 is unavailable

For information about these GPUs, see the ThinkSystem GPU Summary, available at:
https://lenovopress.com/lp0768-thinksystem-thinkagile-gpu-summary

GPU configuration rules

The following configuration requirements must be met when installing GPUs:

  • The table includes a Controlled GPU column. If a GPU is listed as Controlled, that means the GPU is not offered in certain markets, as determined by the US Government. If a GPU is listed as No, that means the GPU is not controlled and is available in all markets.
  • All GPUs installed must be identical
  • When a double-wide GPU is installed in slot 4 or 7, the adjacent slot 3 and 6 respectively is not available
  • Middle drive bays and Rear drive bays are not supported
  • 12x 3.5-inch backplanes are not supported

For additional GPU requirements, see the Thermal rules page in the User Guide:
https://pubs.lenovo.com/sr650-v4/thermal_rules

GPU Full Length Thermal Option Kit

When installing any full-length GPU as a field upgrade, you will also need to order the GPU Enablement Kit as listed in the following table. This kit is only required for full-length GPUs and is not required for low profile GPUs such as the NVIDIA L4. See the GPU part number table above for GPU form factors.

Table 71. ThinkSystem SR650 V4 Full Length GPU Thermal Option Kit
Part number Description Maximum
supported
4X67B04303 ThinkSystem SR650 V4 Full Length GPU Thermal Option Kit
  • 2x performance heatsinks - replace existing 2U heatsinks (SBB7A85750, C3QR)
  • 1x ThinkSystem 2U GPU air duct - replaces main air baffle (SBB7A86004, C3RP)
  • 2x Air duct fillers - needed in each riser zone if no GPU is installed in that zone (SBB7A17338, B8MB)
  • 2x Air duct lower filler (SBB7A92685, C4S3)
  • 2x Air duct upper filler (SBB7A86338, C3SK)
  • 4x 16-pin GPU power cables for double-wide GPUs (SBB7A87740, C3QU)
1

GPU cable kits

The following cable kits are offered to provide auxiliary power cables for GPUs that require one. See the GPU part numbers section to see which GPUs require an auxiliary power cable.

Configuration notes:

  • This cable kit is only required for field upgrades; factory (CTO) orders will automatically include any required cables.
  • This cable kit is only required for GPUs that require an auxilary power cable. See the GPU part number table.
  • The cable kit is only required if you are adding additional GPUs to a server that already has at least one GPU installed from a CTO order. If you are doing a field upgrade to install the first DW GPU to a server, order the ThinkSystem SR650 V4 Full Length GPU Thermal Option Kit, 4X67B04303 instead, since 4X67B04303 includes the necessary power cables.
Table 72. GPU cable kits
Part number Description
4X97B04860

ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 GPU Power Cable Kit

  • 1x 16-pin GPU power cable (SBB7A87740, C3QU)

Fibre Channel host bus adapters

The following table lists the Fibre Channel HBAs supported by the SR650 V4.

Table 73. Fibre Channel HBAs
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Maximum
supported
Slots
supported
32Gb Fibre Channel
4XC7A96457 C5FC ThinkSystem Emulex LPe37102 32Gb 2-Port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter 10 1-10
4XC7A08279 BA1G ThinkSystem QLogic QLE2770 32Gb 1-Port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter 10 1-10
4XC7A08276 BA1F ThinkSystem QLogic QLE2772 32Gb 2-Port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter 10 1-10
64Gb Fibre Channel
4XC7A96458 C5FD ThinkSystem Emulex LPe38102 64Gb 2-Port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter 10 1-10
4XC7A96744 C4L3 ThinkSystem QLogic QLE2872 64Gb 2-Port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter(Generic FW) 10 1-10

For more information, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Host bus adapters category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/hba

SAS adapters for external storage

The following table lists SAS HBAs and RAID adapters supported by SR650 V4 server for use with external storage.

Table 74. Adapters for external storage
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Maximum
supported
Slots
supported
SAS HBA - PCIe 4.0
4Y37A09724 B8P7 ThinkSystem 440-16e SAS/SATA PCIe Gen4 12Gb HBA 10 1-10
RAID Adapter - PCIe 4.0
4Y37A78836 BNWJ ThinkSystem RAID 940-8e 4GB Flash PCIe Gen4 12Gb Adapter 4 1-10

* The RAID adapter use a flash power module (supercap), which needs to be installed in one of the available locations in the server. For field upgrades, ensure the server configuration supports the required number of supercaps. See the RAID flash power module (supercap) support section for details.

For a comparison of the functions of the supported storage adapters, see the ThinkSystem RAID Adapter and HBA Reference:
https://lenovopress.lenovo.com/lp1288#sr650-v4-support=SR650%2520V4&internal-or-external-ports=External

For more information, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Host bus adapters and RAID adapters categories:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/hba
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/raid

Cooling

The SR650 V4 optionally supports open-loop water cooling to remove heat from the processors and memory. For details of available cooling methods, see the Processor cooling section.

The SR650 V4 server has up to six 60 mm hot-swap variable-speed fans. Five fans are needed when one processor is installed and six fans are required when two processors are installed. The server offers N+1 rotor redundancy. The server also has one or two additional fans integrated in each of the two power supplies.

System fan choices are as follows:

  • Standard fans, single-rotor 24K RPM
  • High performance fans, dual-rotor, 20K RPM
  • Ultra performance fans, dual-rotor, 21K RPM

Fan selection is based on the configuration of the server, as follows:

Standard fans: Under the following conditions, Standard fans can be used:

  • Processor with any TDP with Lenovo Neptune Core liquid cooling (Processor or Compute Complex cooling)
    • 2.5-inch drives: 16xSAS/SATA+8xAnyBay, 8xSAS/SATA+16xAnyBay, 24xSAS/SATA, 24xAnyBay
    • 3.5-inch drives: 12xSAS/SATA, 12xAnyBay
  • Processor TDP ≤ 205W with air-cooled heatsink with any of these front drive bays
    • 2.5-inch drives: 16xSAS/SATA+8xAnyBay, 8xSAS/SATA+16xAnyBay, 24xSAS/SATA, 24xAnyBay
  • Processor TDP ≤ 185W with air-cooled heatsink with any of these front drive bays
    • 3.5-inch drives: 12xSAS/SATA, 12xAnyBay
  • Memory ≤ 32GB RDIMMs (any quantity)
  • No mid-chassis or rear drive backplanes
  • No GPUs
  • Ambient temperature 35°C or lower

Performance fans: If any of the above conditions are not met, Performance fans are required.

Ultra fans: Under the following conditions, Ultra fans are required:

  • E3.S front drives
  • 36x 2.5-inch NVMe drive bays (24 front, 8 mid, 4 rear)

Ordering information for the fans is listed in the following table.

Table 75. Fan ordering information
Part number Feature
code
Description Qty
1 CPU
Qty
2 CPUs
4H47B03708 C3RQ ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Standard Fan Module Option Kit 5 6
4H47B03709 C3RD ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Performance Fan Module Option Kit 5 6
4H47B03710 C3RF ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Ultra Fan Module Option Kit 5 6

Power supplies

The SR650 V4 supports up to two redundant hot-swap power supplies.

The power supply choices are listed in the following table. If two power supplies are installed, both power supplies used in server must be identical.

Topics in this section:

Tip: When configuring a server in the DCSC configurator, power consumption is calculated precisely by interfacing with Lenovo Capacity Planner. You can therefore select the appropriate power supply for your configuration. However, do consider future upgrades that may require additional power needs.

Table 76. Power supply options
Part number Feature code Description Max Qty Capacity (230V) Capacity (115V) Voltage Connector
Titanium AC power supplies - CRPS Premium
4P57A88687 C0U7 ThinkSystem 800W 230V/115V Titanium CRPS Premium Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 800W 800W 230V/115V C14
4P57A88621 C0U4 ThinkSystem 1300W 230V/115V Titanium CRPS Premium Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 1300W 1000W 230V/115V C14
4P57A88689 C0U3 ThinkSystem 2000W 230V/115V Titanium CRPS Premium Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 2000W No support* 230V C14
4P57A88622 C0UC ThinkSystem 2700W 230V/115V Titanium CRPS Premium Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 2700W - 230V C20
4P57A88623 C0UD ThinkSystem 3200W 230V/115V Titanium CRPS Premium Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 3200W - 230V C20
Titanium AC power supplies - CRPS
4P57A87056 BWM3 ThinkSystem 800W 230V/115V Titanium CRPS Hot-Swap Power Supply v1.4 2 800W 800W 230V/115V C14
4P57A87628 C2Y9 ThinkSystem 1300W 230V/115V Titanium CRPS Hot-Swap Power Supply v2.4 2 1300W 1000W 230V/115V C14
Platinum AC power supplies - CRPS
4P57A89306 C0U8 ThinkSystem 800W 230V/115V Platinum CRPS Hot-Swap Power Supply v1.5 2 800W 800W 230V/115V C14
4P57A89307 C0U6 ThinkSystem 1300W 230V/115V Platinum CRPS Hot-Swap Power Supply v1.5 2 1300W 1000W 230V/115V C14
4P57A88636 C0U5 ThinkSystem 1300W 230V/115V Platinum CRPS Hot-Swap Power Supply v2.4 2 1300W 1000W 230V/115V C14
4P57A89308 C0UA ThinkSystem 2700W 230V/115V Platinum CRPS Hot-Swap Power Supply v2.3 2 2700W - 230V C20
4P57A88628 C0UB ThinkSystem 2700W 230V/115V Platinum CRPS Hot-Swap Power Supply v2.4 2 2700W - 230V C20
HVAC/HVDC power supplies - CRPS Premium
4P57A88627 C0TR ThinkSystem 1300W HVAC/HVDC Platinum CRPS Premium Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 1300W - 200-277V AC
240-380V DC
Amphenol
10167814-002
-48V DC power supplies - CRPS Premium
4P57A88625 C0TS ThinkSystem 1300W -48V DC CRPS Premium Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 1300W - -48V BizLink
115H0-025987-R1

* In the SR650 V4, ThinkSystem 2000W 230V/115V Titanium CRPS Premium Hot-Swap Power Supply (4P57A88689) is only supported with high-range voltage (200-240V) even though the power supply includes 115V in the description

Supported voltage ranges are as follows:

  • The 230V/115V AC power supplies support both low-range (100-127V 50/60 Hz) and high-range (200-240V 50/60 Hz) power, except where noted. For China customers, all power supplies support 240V DC.
  • The -48V DC power supply supports voltage range -44V to -54V DC.
  • The HVAC/HVDC power supply supports voltage ranges 200-277V AC single phase, and 240-380V DC

For inlet current requirements, see the Physical and electrical specifications section.

Power supply options do not include a line cord. See the tables below for details about supported line cords, including the power cords for the DC power supplies. For server configurations, the inclusion of a power cord is model dependent. Configure-to-order models can be configured without power cords if desired.

The SR650 V4 supports both CRPS and CRPS Premium power supplies. CRPS Premium power supplies offer the following additional features:

  • Over-subscription
  • More accurate power metering
  • Virtual reseat
  • Enhanced fault detection
  • System cooling assist (fan override)
  • Fault LEDs
  • VPD support
  • Zero-output mode support (cold redundancy mode)

Power supply LEDs

CRPS Premium power supplies have two LEDs:

  • Power output/fault LED:
    • Green: The server is on and the power supply is working normally
    • Green, slow blinking (1 flash/sec): The power supply is in Zero-output/Standby mode (see below)
    • Green, fast blinking (5 flashes/sec): The power supply unit is in firmware update mode
    • Yellow: The power supply unit may have failed.
    • Off: The server is powered off, or the power supply is not working properly
  • Power input LED: 
    • Green: The power supply is connected to the input power source
    • Off: The power supply is disconnected from the AC power source or a power problem has occurred

CRPS power supplies have one LED:

  • Green: The server is on and the power supply is working normally
  • Green, blinking: The power supply unit is in firmware update mode
  • Yellow: Either the power supply has failed, or two power supplies are installed but one is not connected to the input power source
  • Yellow, blinking: The power supply is indicating a warning such as over-temperature warning, over-current warning, or a slow fan speed
  • Off: The server is powered off, or the power supply is not working properly

Zero-output mode: When Zero-output mode (also known as Standby mode or Cold Redundancy mode) is configured in XCC and the server power load is sufficiently low, one of the installed power supplies enters into the Standby state while the other one delivers entire load. When the power load increases, the standby power supply will switch to Active state to provide sufficient power to the server. Zero-output mode can be enabled or disabled in the XClarity Controller web interface, Server Configuration > Power Policy. If you select Disable, then both power supplies will be in the Active state.

Supported with CRPS Premium only: Zero-output mode is supported with CRPS Premium power supplies, but not with CRPS non-Premium power supplies

Power cords

Line cords and rack power cables with C13 connectors can be ordered as listed in the following table.

115V customers: If you plan to use the 1300W power supply with a low-range (100-127V) power source, select a power cable that is rated above 10A. Power cables that are rated at 10A or below are not supported with low-range power.

Table 77. Power cords
Part number Feature code Description
Rack cables - C13 to C14
SL67B08593 BPHZ 0.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
00Y3043 A4VP 1.0m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08367 B0N5 1.0m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
39Y7937 6201 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08368 B0N6 1.5m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08365 B0N4 2.0m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08369 6570 2.0m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08366 6311 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08370 6400 2.8m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
39Y7932 6263 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08371 6583 4.3m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Rack Power Cable
Rack cables - C13 to C14 (Y-cable)
00Y3046 A4VQ 1.345m, 2X C13 to C14 Jumper Cord, Rack Power Cable
00Y3047 A4VR 2.054m, 2X C13 to C14 Jumper Cord, Rack Power Cable
Rack cables - C13 to C20
39Y7938 6204 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
Rack cables - C13 to C20 (Y-cable)
47C2491 A3SW 1.2m, 16A/100-250V, 2 Short C13s to Short C20 Rack Power Cable
47C2492 A3SX 2.5m, 16A/100-250V, 2 Long C13s to Short C20 Rack Power Cable
47C2493 A3SY 2.8m, 16A/100-250V, 2 Short C13s to Long C20 Rack Power Cable
47C2494 A3SZ 4.1m, 16A/100-250V, 2 Long C13s to Long C20 Rack Power Cable
Line cords
39Y7930 6222 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord
81Y2384 6492 4.3m 10A/220V, C13 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord
39Y7924 6211 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to AS/NZ 3112 (Australia/NZ) Line Cord
81Y2383 6574 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord
69Y1988 6532 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to NBR 14136 (Brazil) Line Cord
81Y2387 6404 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 - 2P+Gnd (Brazil) Line Cord
39Y7928 6210 2.8m, 10A/220V, C13 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord
81Y2378 6580 4.3m, 10A/220V, C13 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord
39Y7918 6213 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to DK2-5a (Denmark) Line Cord
81Y2382 6575 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to DK2-5a (Denmark) Line Cord
39Y7917 6212 2.8m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEE7-VII (Europe) Line Cord
81Y2376 6572 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEE7-VII (Europe) Line Cord
39Y7927 6269 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13(2P+Gnd) (India) Line Cord
81Y2386 6567 4.3m, 10A/240V, C13 to IS 6538 (India) Line Cord
39Y7920 6218 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
81Y2381 6579 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
39Y7921 6217 2.8m, 220-240V, C13 to CEI 23-16 (Italy/Chile) Line Cord
81Y2380 6493 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to CEI 23-16 (Italy/Chile) Line Cord
46M2593 A1RE 2.8m, 12A/125V, C13 to JIS C-8303 (Japan) Line Cord
4L67A08362 6495 4.3m, 12A/200V, C13 to JIS C-8303 (Japan) Line Cord
39Y7926 6335 4.3m, 12A/100V, C13 to JIS C-8303 (Japan) Line Cord
39Y7922 6214 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SABS 164 (S Africa) Line Cord
81Y2379 6576 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to SABS 164 (South Africa) Line Cord
39Y7925 6219 2.8m, 220-240V, C13 to KETI (S Korea) Line Cord
81Y2385 6494 4.3m, 12A/220V, C13 to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
39Y7919 6216 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SEV 1011-S24507 (Swiss) Line Cord
81Y2390 6578 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to SEV 1011-S24507 (Sws) Line Cord
23R7158 6386 2.8m, 10A/125V, C13 to CNS 10917-3 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2375 6317 2.8m, 10A/240V, C13 to CNS 10917-3 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2374 6402 2.8m, 13A/125V, C13 to CNS 60799 (Taiwan) Line Cord
4L67A08363 AX8B 4.3m, 10A 125V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2389 6531 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to 76 CNS 10917-3 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2388 6530 4.3m, 13A/125V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
39Y7923 6215 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord
81Y2377 6577 4.3m, 10A/230V, C13 to BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord
90Y3016 6313 2.8m, 10A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
46M2592 A1RF 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P Line Cord
00WH545 6401 2.8m, 13A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08359 6370 4.3m, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08361 6373 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08360 AX8A 4.3m, 13A/120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord

Power cords (C19 connectors)

Line cords and rack power cables with C19 connectors can be ordered as listed in the following table.

Table 78. Power cords (C19 connectors)
Part number Feature code Description
Rack cables
4L67A86677 BPJ0 0.5m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
4L67A86678 B4L0 1.0m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
4L67A86679 B4L1 1.5m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
4L67A86680 B4L2 2.0m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
39Y7916 6252 2.5m, 16A/100-240V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
4L67A86681 B4L3 4.3m, 16A/100-250V, C19 to IEC 320-C20 Rack Power Cable
Line cords
40K9777 6276 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line cord
40K9773 6284 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line cord
40K9775 6277 4.3m, 250V, C19 to NBR 14136 (Brazil) Line Cord
40K9774 6288 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to GB2099.1 (China) Line cord
40K9769 6283 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to IEC 309-P+N+G (Den/Sws) Line Cord
40K9766 6279 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to CEE7-VII (European) Line cord
40K9776 6285 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to IS6538 (India) Line cord
40K9771 6282 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to SI 32 (Israel) Line cord
40K9768 6281 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line cord
40K9770 6280 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to SABS 164 (South Africa) Line cord
41Y9231 6289 4.3m, 15A/250V, C19 to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
81Y2391 6549 4.3m, 16A/230V, C19 to SEV 1011 (Sws) Line Cord
41Y9230 6287 4.3m, 16A/250V, C19 to CNS 10917-3 (Taiwan) Line Cord
40K9767 6278 4.3m, 220-240V, C19 to BS 1363/A w/13A fuse (UK) Line Cord
40K9772 6275 4.3m, 16A/208V, C19 to NEMA L6-20P (US) Line Cord
00D7197 A1NV 4.3m, 15A/250V, C19 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord

-48V DC power cord

For the -48V DC Power Supply, the following power cable is supported.

Table 79. -48V DC power cable
Part number Feature code Description
4L67A97438 C682 2.8m, 38A /-48V, -48V (3V3) Line Cord

The following figure shows the power cable.

-48V DC power cord
Figure 29. -48V DC power cord

HVAC/HVDC power cord

For the HVDC Power Supply, the following power cable is supported.

Table 80. -48V DC power cable
Part number Feature code Description
4L67A97238 C683 2.8M,10A/400V,HVDC Line Cord

The following figure shows the power cable.

HVDC power cord
Figure 30. HVDC power cord

Systems management

The SR650 V4 contains an integrated service processor, XClarity Controller 3 (XCC3), which provides advanced control, monitoring, and alerting functions. The XCC3 is based on an OpenBMC design, using the AST2600 baseboard management controller (BMC) with a dual-core ARM Cortex A7 32-bit RISC service processor running at 1.2 GHz.

Topics in this section:

System I/O Board (DC-SCM)

The SR650 V4 implements a separate System I/O Board, also known as the DC-SCM (Data Center Secure Control Module, DCSCM), that connects to the system board as shown in the Internal view in the Components and connectors section. The System I/O Board contains connectors that are accessible from the exterior of the server as shown in the following figure.

Note: The NMI (non-maskable interrupt) button is not accessible from the rear of the server. Lenovo recommends using the NMI function that is part of the XCC user interfaces instead.

System I/O Board
Figure 31. System I/O Board

The board also has the following components:

  • XClarity Controller 3, implemented using the ASPEED AST2600 baseboard management controller (BMC).
  • Root of Trust (RoT) module - implements Platform Firmware Resiliency (PFR) hardware Root of Trust (RoT) which enables the server to be NIST SP800-193 compliant. For more details about PFR, see the Security section.
  • MicroSD card port to enable the use of a MicroSD card for additional storage for use with the XCC3 controller. XCC3 can use the storage as a Remote Disc on Card (RDOC) device (up to 4GB of storage). It can also be used to store firmware updates (including N-1 firmware history) for ease of deployment.

    Tip: Without a MicroSD card installed, the XCC controller will have 100MB of available RDOC storage.

Ordering information for the supported Micro SD cards are listed in the MicroSD for XCC local storage section.

Local management

The SR650 V4 offers a front operator panel with key LED status indicators, as shown in the following figure.

Tip: The Network LED only shows network activity of an installed OCP network adapter. The LED shows activity from both OCP adapters if two are installed.

SR650 V4 front controls
Figure 32. Front operator controls are on the left and right side of the server

Front DisplayPort video port and Front/Internal USB ports

The rear USB ports and VGA video port are standard on all models of the SR650 V4, however the front and internal USB ports, and front MiniDP video port are optional, and can be configured in the factory in CTO orders, or as field upgrades using option part numbers.

Internal USB port: The internal USB port supports USB drives that have an overall length of less than 30mm. See the USB flash drive section for the supported drive.

For CTO orders, the feature codes are listed in the following table.

Table 81. CTO orders - Front & internal ports
Feature code Description Purpose
BQQ2 ThinkSystem 2U V3 EIA Latch Standard No front USB ports, no MiniDP video port
C1YR ThinkSystem 1U/2U V4 USB Ports Extension Board Provides the Internal USB 3 port (5 Gb/s)
C3RG* ThinkSystem SR650 V4 Left Rack Latch with USB/MiniDP Provides the 2x Front USB 3 ports (5 Gb/s) and MiniDP 1.1a port (requires Internal USB port, C1YR)

* Feature C1YR must also be selected

Configuration rules:

  • The Internal USB port (C1YR) can be selected without also selecting the front USB/MiniDP ports
  • The Front USB ports and MiniDP requires that the Internal USB port (C1YR) also be selected
  • The front USB ports are required to use XClarity Mobile, as described in the System status with XClarity Mobile section.

For field upgrades, the part numbers listed in the following table are available.

Table 82. Local management
Part number Description Purpose
4XF7B03892

ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Left Rack Latch with USB/MiniDP Option kit

  • USB I/O board with Internal USB port
  • Front media bezel with USB ports and MiniDP port for SR650 V4
  • Front media bezel with USB ports and MiniDP port for SR650a V4

Adds Internal USB 3 port (5 Gb/s), 2x Front USB 3 ports (5 Gb/s), MiniDP 1.1a video port

See the USB flash drive section for supported USB drives for internal USB port.

4XF7A99087

ThinkSystem V4 1U/2U Internal USB I/O Board Option kit

  • USB I/O board with Internal USB port
Adds Internal USB 3 port (5 Gb/s) only.

Configuration notes for field upgrades:

  • If you order ThinkSystem 1U/2U V4 Front Media Bay Option kit (4X97A96850) for use in a server that already has the internal USB port installed (feature C1YR), the USB I/O board from the kit will not be needed as it is a duplicate of what is already installed.
  • ThinkSystem 1U/2U V4 Front Media Bay Option kit (4X97A96850) is required to use XClarity Mobile, as described in the System status with XClarity Mobile section.

External Diagnostics Handset

The SR650 V4 optionally has a port to connect an External Diagnostics Handset as described in the preceding section. The External Diagnostics Handset has the same functions as the Integrated Diagnostics Panel but has the advantages of not consuming space on the front of the server plus it can be shared among many servers in your data center. The handset has a magnet on the back of it to allow you to easily mount it on a convenient place on any rack cabinet.

External management LCD
Figure 33. External Diagnostics Handset

The External Diagnostics Handset allows quick access to system status, firmware, network, and health information. The LCD display and the function buttons give you access to the following information:

  • Active alerts
  • Status Dashboard
  • System VPD: machine type & mode, serial number, UUID string
  • System firmware levels: UEFI and XCC firmware
  • XCC network information: hostname, MAC address, IP address, DNS addresses
  • Environmental data: Ambient temperature, CPU temperature, AC input voltage, estimated power consumption
  • Active XCC sessions
  • System reset action

Ordering information for the External Diagnostics Handset with is listed in the following table.

Table 83. External Diagnostics Handset ordering information
Part number Feature code Description
4TA7A64874 BEUX ThinkSystem External Diagnostics Handset

Information pull-out tab

The front of the server also houses an information pull-out tab (also known as the network access tag). See Figure 2 for the location. A label on the tab shows the network information (MAC address and other data) to remotely access the service processor.

Light path diagnostics

The server offers light path diagnostics. If an environmental condition exceeds a threshold or if a system component fails, XCC lights LEDs inside the server to help you diagnose the problem and find the failing part.

The server has fault LEDs next to the following components:

  • Each memory DIMM
  • Each drive bay
  • Each power supply

System status with XClarity Mobile

The XClarity Mobile app includes a tethering function where you can connect your Android or iOS device to the server via USB to see the status of the server.

The steps to connect the mobile device are as follows:

  1. Enable USB Management on the server, by holding down the ID button for 3 seconds (or pressing the dedicated USB management button if one is present)
  2. Connect the mobile device via a USB cable to the server's USB port with the management symbol USB Management symbol
  3. In iOS or Android settings, enable Personal Hotspot or USB Tethering
  4. Launch the Lenovo XClarity Mobile app

Once connected you can see the following information:

  • Server status including error logs (read only, no login required)
  • Server management functions (XClarity login credentials required)

Configuration notes:

  • The use of XClarity Mobile requires front USB ports. If your server doesn't already include front USB ports, order the field upgrade ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Left Rack Latch with USB/MiniDP Option kit (4XF7B03892) as described in the Local management section

Remote management

The server offers a dedicated RJ45 Ethernet port at the rear of the server for remote management via the XClarity Controller 2 management processor. The port supports 10/100/1000 Mbps speeds.

Remote server management is provided through industry-standard interfaces:

  • Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Version 2.0
  • Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Version 3 (no SET commands; no SNMP v1)
  • Common Information Model (CIM-XML)
  • Representational State Transfer (REST) support
  • Redfish support (DMTF compliant)
  • Web browser - HTML 5-based browser interface (Java and ActiveX not required) using a responsive design (content optimized for device being used - laptop, tablet, phone) with NLS support

IPMI via the Ethernet port (IPMI over LAN) is supported, however it is disabled by default. For CTO orders you can specify whether you want to the feature enabled or disabled in the factory, using the feature codes listed in the following table.

Table 84. IPMI-over-LAN settings
Feature code Description
B7XZ Disable IPMI-over-LAN (default)
B7Y0 Enable IPMI-over-LAN

The SR650 V4 also supports the use of an OCP adapter that provides an additional redundant Ethernet connection to the XCC3 controller. Ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 85. Redundant System Management Port Adapter
Part number Feature code Description Maximum
quantity
4XC7A99825 C1XD ThinkSystem V4 Management NIC Adapter Kit 1

The use of this adapter allows concurrent remote access using both the connection on the adapter and the onboard RJ45 remote management port provided by the server. The adapter and onboard port have separate IP addresses.

Configuration rules:

  • The adapter is only supported in OCP slot 1

Shared connectivity for remote management

To reduce the number of Ethernet connections needed for remote management, the SR650 V4 supports an adapter that installs in the OCP slot that allows four servers to share the one Ethernet connection. The adapter implements a 5-port Gigabit switch based on the Microchip KSZ9896 switch chip. Ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 86. 4-to-1 Management Port Consolidation Adapter
Part number Feature code Description
4XC7A90299 BZGE

ThinkSystem OCP 4 to 1 Management Port Consolidation Adapter

Contains:

  • 1x OCP adapter
  • 2x 0.45m blue Cat5e cable
  • 1x 0.25m blue Cat5e cable

The adapter has four RJ45 ports. One port of the adapter connects to the local remote management port and the other three adapter ports connect to the remote management ports of three nearby servers. Either the included short Cat5e cables can be used or customer-supplied Cat5e Ethernet cables can be used.

Configuration notes:

  • The adapter is only supported in OCP slot 1
  • When the adapter is installed in slot 1, OCP slot 2 is disabled and cannot be used
  • The OCP slot in the other three servers can be used for network connectivity, if desired.

MicroSD for XCC local storage

The server includes a MicroSD card port to enable the use of a MicroSD card for additional storage for use with the XCC controller. XCC can use the storage as a Remote Disc on Card (RDOC) device (up to 4GB of storage). It can also be used to store firmware updates (including N-1 firmware history) for ease of deployment.

Tip: Without a MicroSD card installed, the XCC controller will have 100MB of available RDOC storage.

Ordering information for the supported Micro SD cards is listed in the following table.

Table 87. Media for use with the MicroSD card port
Part number Feature code Description
4X77A92672 C0BC ThinkSystem MicroSD 64GB Class 10 Flash Memory Card

XCC3 Premier

The XCC3 service processor in the SR650 V4 supports an upgrade to the Premier level of features. XCC3 Premier in ThinkSystem V4 servers is equivalent to the XCC2 Premium offering in ThinkSystem V3 servers.

XCC3 Premier adds the following functions:

  • Enterprise Strict Security mode - Enforces CNSA 1.0 level security
  • Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1600x1200 at 75 Hz with up to 23 bits per pixel, regardless of the system state
  • Remotely accessing the server using the keyboard and mouse from a remote client
  • International keyboard mapping support
  • Redirecting serial console via SSH
  • Component replacement log (Maintenance History log)
  • Access restriction (IP address blocking)
  • Displaying graphics for real-time and historical power usage data and temperature
  • Mapping the ISO and image files located on the local client as virtual drives for use by the server
  • Mounting the remote ISO and image files via HTTPS, SFTP, CIFS, and NFS
  • Power capping
  • License for XClarity Energy Manager

The following additional XCC3 Premier features are planned for 2Q/2025

  • System Guard - Monitor hardware inventory for unexpected component changes, and simply log the event or prevent booting
  • Neighbor Group - Enables administrators to manage and synchronize configurations and firmware level across multiple servers
  • Syslog alerting
  • Lenovo SED security key management
  • Boot video capture and crash video capture
  • Virtual console collaboration - Ability for up to 6 remote users to be log into the remote session simultaneously
  • Remote console Java client
  • System utilization data and graphic view
  • Single sign on with Lenovo XClarity Administrator
  • Update firmware from a repository

Ordering information is listed in the following table. XCC3 Premier is a software license upgrade - no additional hardware is required.

Table 88. XCC3 Premier license upgrade
Part number Feature code Description
7S0X000XWW SCY0 Lenovo XClarity Controller 3 (XCC3) Premier

With XCC3 Premier, for CTO orders, you can request that System Guard be enabled in the factory and the first configuration snapshot be recorded. To add this to an order, select feature code listed in the following table. The selection is made in the Security tab of the DCSC configurator.

Table 89. Enable System Guard in the factory (CTO orders)
Feature code Description
BUT2 Install System Guard

For more information about System Guard, see https://pubs.lenovo.com/xcc2/NN1ia_c_systemguard

Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager

Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager (LXPM) is a UEFI-based application embedded in ThinkSystem servers and accessible via the F1 key during system boot.

LXPM provides the following functions:

  • Graphical UEFI Setup
  • System inventory information and VPD update
  • System firmware updates (UEFI and XCC)
  • RAID setup wizard
  • OS installation wizard (including unattended OS installation)
  • Diagnostics functions

Lenovo XClarity One

Lenovo XClarity One is a hybrid cloud-based unified Management-as-a-Service (MaaS) platform, built for growing enterprises. XClarity One is powered by Lenovo Smarter Support, a powerful AI-driven platform that leverages predictive analytics to enhance the performance, reliability, and overall efficiency of Lenovo servers.

XClarity One is the next milestone in Lenovo’s portfolio of systems management products. Now you can leverage the benefits of a true next-generation, hybrid cloud-based solution for the deployment, management, and maintenance of your infrastructure through a single, centralized platform that delivers a consistent user experience across all Lenovo products.

Key features include:

  • AI-powered Automation

    Harnesses the power of AI and predictive analytics to enhance the performance and reliability of your infrastructure with proactive protection.

    • AI-Powered Predictive Failure Analytics - predict maintenance needs before the failure occurs, with the ability to visualize aggregated actions in customer dashboard.
    • AI-Powered Call-Home - A Call-Home serviceable event opens a support ticket automatically, leveraging AI technology for problem determination and fast resolution.
    • AI-Powered Premier Support with Auto CRU - uses AI to automatically dispatch parts and services, reducing service costs and minimizing downtime.
  • Secure Management Hub

    Lenovo’s proprietary Management Hub is an on-premises virtual appliance that acts as the bridge between your infrastructure and the cloud.

    • On-Premises Security with Cloud Flexibility - your infrastructure has no direct connection to the cloud, greatly reducing your attack surface from external threats while still having the deployment benefits, flexibility, and scalability of a cloud solution.
    • Authentication and Authorization - built on a Zero Trust Architecture and requiring OTP Application authentication for all users to handle the support of all customers’ servers and client devices. Role-based access controls help define and restrict permissions based on user roles.
  • AI-Powered Management

    Go beyond standard system management leveraging AI algorithms to continuously learn from data patterns to optimize performance and predict potential issues before they impact operations.

    • AI Customizable Insights and Reporting - Customize AI-generated insights and reports to align with specific business objectives, enabling data-driven decision-making and strategic planning.
    • AI-driven scalability and flexibility - Guided with AI-driven predictions, the platform supports dynamic scaling of resources based on workload demands.
    • Monitor and Change - AI Advanced analytics capabilities providing deep insights into server performance, resource utilization, and security threats, to detect anomalies and suggest optimizations in real-time. NLP capabilities enabling administrators to interact with the platform using voice commands or text queries.
    • Upward Integration - Integrated with Lenovo Open Cloud Automation (LOC-A), Lenovo Intelligent Computer Orchestration (LiCO) and AIOps engines providing an end-to-end management architecture across Lenovo infrastructure and devices solutions.
    • Cross-Platform Compatibility - Compatibility across different server types and cloud environments

Lenovo XClarity One is an optional management component. License information for XClarity One is listed in the following table.

Table 90. XClarity One license information
Part number Description
7S0X000LWW XClarity One - Managed Device, Per Endpoint w/1 Yr SW S&S
7S0X000MWW XClarity One - Managed Device, Per Endpoint w/3 Yr SW S&S
7S0X000NWW XClarity One - Managed Device, Per Endpoint w/5 Yr SW S&S
7S0X000PWW XClarity One - Memory PFA MD Option w/1 Yr SW S&S
7S0X000QWW XClarity One - Memory PFA MD Option w/3 Yr SW S&S
7S0X000RWW XClarity One - Memory PFA MD Option w/5 Yr SW S&S

For more information, see these resources:

Lenovo XClarity Administrator

Lenovo XClarity Administrator is a centralized resource management solution designed to reduce complexity, speed response, and enhance the availability of Lenovo systems and solutions. It provides agent-free hardware management for ThinkSystem servers, in addition to ThinkServer, System x, and Flex System servers. The administration dashboard is based on HTML 5 and allows fast location of resources so tasks can be run quickly.

Because Lenovo XClarity Administrator does not require any agent software to be installed on the managed endpoints, there are no CPU cycles spent on agent execution, and no memory is used, which means that up to 1GB of RAM and 1 - 2% CPU usage is saved, compared to a typical managed system where an agent is required.

Lenovo XClarity Administrator is an optional software component for the SR650 V4. The software can be downloaded and used at no charge to discover and monitor the SR650 V4 and to manage firmware upgrades.

If software support is required for Lenovo XClarity Administrator, or premium features such as configuration management and operating system deployment are required, Lenovo XClarity Pro software subscription should be ordered. Lenovo XClarity Pro is licensed on a per managed system basis, that is, each managed Lenovo system requires a license.

The following table lists the Lenovo XClarity software license options.

Table 91. Lenovo XClarity Pro ordering information
Part number Feature code Description
00MT201 1339 Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/1 Yr SW S&S
00MT202 1340 Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/3 Yr SW S&S
00MT203 1341 Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/5 Yr SW S&S
7S0X000HWW SAYV Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/6 Yr SW S&S
7S0X000JWW SAYW Lenovo XClarity Pro, per Managed Endpoint w/7 Yr SW S&S

Lenovo XClarity Administrator offers the following standard features that are available at no charge:

  • Auto-discovery and monitoring of Lenovo systems
  • Firmware updates and compliance enforcement
  • External alerts and notifications via SNMP traps, syslog remote logging, and e-mail
  • Secure connections to managed endpoints
  • NIST 800-131A or FIPS 140-2 compliant cryptographic standards between the management solution and managed endpoints
  • Integration into existing higher-level management systems such as cloud automation and orchestration tools through REST APIs, providing extensive external visibility and control over hardware resources
  • An intuitive, easy-to-use GUI
  • Scripting with Windows PowerShell, providing command-line visibility and control over hardware resources

Lenovo XClarity Administrator offers the following premium features that require an optional Pro license:

  • Pattern-based configuration management that allows to define configurations once and apply repeatedly without errors when deploying new servers or redeploying existing servers without disrupting the fabric
  • Bare-metal deployment of operating systems and hypervisors to streamline infrastructure provisioning

For more information, refer to the Lenovo XClarity Administrator Product Guide:
http://lenovopress.com/tips1200

Lenovo XClarity Integrators

Lenovo also offers software plug-in modules, Lenovo XClarity Integrators, to manage physical infrastructure from leading external virtualization management software tools including those from Microsoft and VMware.

These integrators are offered at no charge, however if software support is required, a Lenovo XClarity Pro software subscription license should be ordered.

Lenovo XClarity Integrators offer the following additional features:

  • Ability to discover, manage, and monitor Lenovo server hardware from VMware vCenter or Microsoft System Center
  • Deployment of firmware updates and configuration patterns to Lenovo x86 rack servers and Flex System from the virtualization management tool
  • Non-disruptive server maintenance in clustered environments that reduces workload downtime by dynamically migrating workloads from affected hosts during rolling server updates or reboots
  • Greater service level uptime and assurance in clustered environments during unplanned hardware events by dynamically triggering workload migration from impacted hosts when impending hardware failures are predicted

For more information about all the available Lenovo XClarity Integrators, see the Lenovo XClarity Administrator Product Guide: https://lenovopress.com/tips1200-lenovo-xclarity-administrator

Lenovo XClarity Essentials

Lenovo offers the following XClarity Essentials software tools that can help you set up, use, and maintain the server at no additional cost:

  • Lenovo Essentials OneCLI

    OneCLI is a collection of server management tools that uses a command line interface program to manage firmware, hardware, and operating systems. It provides functions to collect full system health information (including health status), configure system settings, and update system firmware and drivers.

  • Lenovo Essentials UpdateXpress

    The UpdateXpress tool is a standalone GUI application for firmware and device driver updates that enables you to maintain your server firmware and device drivers up-to-date and help you avoid unnecessary server outages. The tool acquires and deploys individual updates and UpdateXpress System Packs (UXSPs) which are integration-tested bundles.

  • Lenovo Essentials Bootable Media Creator

    The Bootable Media Creator (BOMC) tool is used to create bootable media for offline firmware update.

ThinkSystem V4 servers: The format of UEFI and BMC settings has changed for ThinkSystem V4 servers, to align with OpenBMC and Redfish requirements. See the documentation of these tools for details. As a result, the following versions are required for these servers:

  • OneCLI 5.x or later
  • UpdateXpress 5.x or later
  • BOMC 14.x or later

For more information and downloads, visit the Lenovo XClarity Essentials web page:
http://support.lenovo.com/us/en/documents/LNVO-center

Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager

Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager (LXEM) is a power and temperature management solution for data centers. It is an agent-free, web-based console that enables you to monitor and manage power consumption and temperature in your data center through the management console. It enables server density and data center capacity to be increased through the use of power capping.

LXEM is a licensed product. A single-node LXEM license is included with the XClarity Controller Premier upgrade as described in the XCC3 Premier section. If your server does not have the XCC Premier upgrade, Energy Manager licenses can be ordered as shown in the following table.

Table 92. Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager
Part number Description
4L40E51621 Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager Node License (1 license needed per server)

For more information about XClarity Energy Manager, see the following resources:

Lenovo Capacity Planner

Lenovo Capacity Planner is a power consumption evaluation tool that enhances data center planning by enabling IT administrators and pre-sales professionals to understand various power characteristics of racks, servers, and other devices. Capacity Planner can dynamically calculate the power consumption, current, British Thermal Unit (BTU), and volt-ampere (VA) rating at the rack level, improving the planning efficiency for large scale deployments.

For more information, refer to the Capacity Planner web page:
http://datacentersupport.lenovo.com/us/en/solutions/lnvo-lcp

Security

Security features

The SR650 V4 server offers the following electronic security features:

  • Secure Boot function of the Intel Xeon processor
  • Support for Platform Firmware Resiliency (PFR) hardware Root of Trust (RoT) - see the Platform Firmware Resiliency section
  • Firmware signature processes compliant with FIPS and NIST requirements
  • System Guard (part of XCC3 Premier) - Proactive monitoring of hardware inventory for unexpected component changes
  • Administrator and power-on password
  • Integrated Trusted Platform Module (TPM) supporting TPM 2.0
  • For China users, optional Nationz TPM 2.0 module
  • Self-encrypting drives (SEDs) with support for enterprise key managers - see the SED encryption key management section

The server is NIST SP 800-147B compliant.

The SR650 V4 server also offers the following optional physical security features:

  • Optional chassis intrusion switch
  • Optional lockable front security bezel

The optional lockable front security bezel is shown in the following figure and includes a key that enables you to secure the bezel over the drives and system controls thereby reducing the chance of unauthorized or accidental access to the server.

Lockable front security bezel
Figure 34. Lockable front security bezel

The dimensions of the security bezel are:

  • Width: 435 mm (17.1 in.)
  • Height: 87 mm (3.4 in.)
  • Width: 30 mm (1.2 in.)

The following table lists the security options for the SR650 V4.

Table 93. Security features
Part number Feature code Description
4X97B03890 C3QT ThinkSystem SR650/a V4 Intrusion Cable kit
4XF7B03891 C1S5 ThinkSystem SR650 V4 2U Bezel Option Kit
CTO only C8UF ThinkSystem V4 PRC NationZ TPM 2.0 Module

Platform Firmware Resiliency - Lenovo ThinkShield

Lenovo's ThinkShield Security is a transparent and comprehensive approach to security that extends to all dimensions of our data center products: from development, to supply chain, and through the entire product lifecycle.

The ThinkSystem SR650 V4 includes Platform Firmware Resiliency (PFR) hardware Root of Trust (RoT) which enables the system to be NIST SP800-193 compliant. This offering further enhances key platform subsystem protections against unauthorized firmware updates and corruption, to restore firmware to an integral state, and to closely monitor firmware for possible compromise from cyber-attacks.

PFR operates upon the following server components:

  • UEFI image – the low-level server firmware that connects the operating system to the server hardware
  • XCC image – the management “engine” software that controls and reports on the server status separate from the server operating system
  • FPGA image – the code that runs the server’s lowest level hardware controller on the motherboard

The Lenovo Platform Root of Trust Hardware performs the following three main functions:

  • Detection – Measures the firmware and updates for authenticity
  • Recovery – Recovers a corrupted image to a known-safe image
  • Protection – Monitors the system to ensure the known-good firmware is not maliciously written

These enhanced protection capabilities are implemented using a dedicated, discrete security processor whose implementation has been rigorously validated by leading third-party security firms. Security evaluation results and design details are available for customer review – providing unprecedented transparency and assurance.

The SR650 V4 includes support for Secure Boot, a UEFI firmware security feature developed by the UEFI Consortium that ensures only immutable and signed software are loaded during the boot time. The use of Secure Boot helps prevent malicious code from being loaded and helps prevent attacks, such as the installation of rootkits. Lenovo offers the capability to enable secure boot in the factory, to ensure end-to-end protection. Alternatively, Secure Boot can be left disabled in the factory, allowing the customer to enable it themselves at a later point, if desired.

The following table lists the relevant feature code(s).

Table 94. Secure Boot options
Part number Feature code Description Purpose
CTO only BPKQ TPM 2.0 with Secure Boot Configure the system in the factory with Secure Boot enabled.
CTO only BPKR TPM 2.0 Configure the system without Secure Boot enabled. Customers can enable Secure Boot later if desired.

Tip: If Secure Boot is not enabled in the factory, it can be enabled later by the customer. However once Secure Boot is enabled, it cannot be disabled.

Security standards

The SR650 V4 supports the following security standards and capabilities:

  • Industry Standard Security Capabilities
    • Intel CPU Enablement
      • Intel Trust Domain Extensions (Intel TDX)
      • Intel Crypto Acceleration
      • Intel QuickAssist Software Acceleration
      • Intel Platform Firmware Resilience Support
      • Intel Control-Flow Enforcement Technology
      • Intel Total Memory Encryption - Multi Key
      • Intel Total Memory Encryption
      • Intel AES New Instructions (AES-NI)
      • Intel OS Guard
      • Execute Disable Bit (XD)
      • Intel Boot Guard
      • Mode-based Execute Control (MBEC)
      • Intel Virtualization Technology (VT-x)
      • Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O (VT-d)
    • Microsoft Windows Security Enablement
      • Credential Guard
      • Device Guard
      • Host Guardian Service
    • TCG (Trusted Computing Group) TPM (Trusted Platform Module) 2.0
    • UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) Forum Secure Boot
  • Hardware Root of Trust and Security
    • Independent security subsystem providing platform-wide NIST SP800-193 compliant Platform Firmware Resilience (PFR)
    • Management domain RoT supplemented by the Secure Boot features of XCC
  • Platform Security
    • Boot and run-time firmware integrity monitoring with rollback to known-good firmware (e.g., “self-healing”)
    • Non-volatile storage bus security monitoring and filtering
    • Resilient firmware implementation, such as to detect and defeat unauthorized flash writes or SMM (System Management Mode) memory incursions
    • Patented IPMI KCS channel privileged access authorization (USPTO Patent# 11,256,810)
    • Host and management domain authorization, including integration with CyberArk for enterprise password management
    • KMIP (Key Management Interoperability Protocol) compliant, including support for IBM SKLM and Thales KeySecure
    • Reduced “out of box” attack surface
    • Configurable network services

    For more information on platform security, see the paper “How to Harden the Security of your ThinkSystem Server and Management Applications” available from https://lenovopress.com/lp1260-how-to-harden-the-security-of-your-thinksystem-server.

  • Standards Compliance and/or Support
    • NIST SP800-131A rev 2 “Transitioning the Use of Cryptographic Algorithms and Key Lengths”
    • NIST SP800-147B “BIOS Protection Guidelines for Servers”
    • NIST SP800-193 “Platform Firmware Resiliency Guidelines”
    • ISO/IEC 11889 “Trusted Platform Module Library”
    • Common Criteria TCG Protection Profile for “PC Client Specific TPM 2.0”
    • European Union Commission Regulation 2019/424 (“ErP Lot 9”) “Ecodesign Requirements for Servers and Data Storage Products” Secure Data Deletion
    • Optional FIPS 140-2 validated Self-Encrypting Disks (SEDs) with external KMIP-based key management
  • Product and Supply Chain Security
    • Suppliers validated through Lenovo’s Trusted Supplier Program
    • Developed in accordance with Lenovo’s Secure Development Lifecycle (LSDL)
    • Continuous firmware security validation through automated testing, including static code analysis, dynamic network and web vulnerability testing, software composition analysis, and subsystem-specific testing, such as UEFI security configuration validation
    • Ongoing security reviews by US-based security experts, with attestation letters available from our third-party security partners
    • Digitally signed firmware, stored and built on US-based infrastructure and signed on US-based Hardware Security Modules (HSMs)
    • Manufacturing transparency via Intel Transparent Supply Chain (for details, see https://lenovopress.com/lp1434-introduction-to-intel-transparent-supply-chain-on-lenovo-thinksystem-servers)
    • TAA (Trade Agreements Act) compliant manufacturing, by default in Mexico for North American markets with additional US and EU manufacturing options
    • US 2019 NDAA (National Defense Authorization Act) Section 889 compliant

Rack installation

The following table lists the rack installation options that are available for the SR650 V4.

For supported racks, see the Rack cabinets section.

Table 95. Rack installation options
Part number Feature Code Description CMA support
Rail kits
4XF7A97379 C2DG ThinkSystem Toolless Friction Rail V4 No support
4XF7A97370 C2DH ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit V4 Optional
4XF7A97374 C3QS ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit V4 with 2U CMA Included
4XF7A97371 C2DJ ThinkSystem Advanced Toolless Slide Rail Kit V4 Optional
4XF7A97376 C3UF ThinkSystem Advanced Toolless Slide Rail Kit V4 with 2U CMA Included
Cable management arm for field upgrades (for CTO orders, use one of the above kits with CMA included)
7M27A05698 - ThinkSystem 2U CMA Upgrade Kit for Toolless Slide Rail Yes

See the Rail Kit comparison for the specifications of each rail kit:
https://lenovopress.lenovo.com/lp1838-thinksystem-and-thinkedge-rail-kit-reference#availability=Available&sr650-v4-support=SR650%2520V4

Tip: The Advanced rail kits add support for threaded mounting holes.

Operating system support

The SR650 V4 supports the following operating systems:

  • Microsoft Windows Server 2022
  • Microsoft Windows Server 2025
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9.5
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP6
  • Ubuntu 24.04 LTS 64-bit
  • VMware ESXi 8.0 U3
  • Windows 11

For a complete list of supported, certified and tested operating systems, plus additional details and links to relevant web sites, see the Operating System Interoperability Guide: https://lenovopress.lenovo.com/osig

For configure-to-order configurations, the SR650 V4 can be preloaded with VMware ESXi. Ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 96. VMware ESXi preload
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only BZ97 VMware ESXi 8.0 U3 (Factory Installed)
CTO only C91V VMware ESXi 9.0 (Factory Installed)

Configuration rule:

  • An ESXi preload cannot be selected if the configuration includes an NVIDIA GPU (ESXi preload cannot include the NVIDIA driver)

You can download supported VMware vSphere hypervisor images from the following web page and install it using the instructions provided:
https://vmware.lenovo.com/content/custom_iso/

Physical and electrical specifications

The SR650 V4 has the following overall physical dimensions, excluding components that extend outside the standard chassis, such as EIA flanges, front security bezel (if any), and power supply handles:

  • Width: 445 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Height: 87 mm (3.4 inches)
  • Depth: 796 mm (31.3 inches)

The following table lists the detailed dimensions. See the figure below for the definition of each dimension.

Table 97. Detailed dimensions
Dimension Description
482 mm Xa = Width, to the outsides of the front EIA flanges
435 mm Xb = Width, to the rack rail mating surfaces
445 mm Xc = Width, to the outer most chassis body feature
87 mm Ya = Height, from the bottom of chassis to the top of the chassis
723 mm Za = Depth, from the rack flange mating surface to the rearmost I/O port surface
761 mm Zb = Depth, from the rack flange mating surface to the rearmost feature of the chassis body
752 mm Zc = Depth, from the rack flange mating surface to the rearmost feature such as power supply handle
35 mm Zd = Depth, from the forwardmost feature on front of EIA flange to the rack flange mating surface
51 mm Ze = Depth, from the front of security bezel (if applicable) or forwardmost feature to the rack flange mating surface

Rack server dimensions
Figure 35. Server dimensions

The shipping (cardboard packaging) dimensions of the SR650 V4 are as follows:

  • Width: 592 mm (23.3 inches)
  • Height: 282 mm (11.1 inches)
  • Depth: 992 mm (39.1 inches)

The server has the following weight:

  • Maximum weight: 38.8 kg (85.5 lb)

The server has the following electrical specifications for AC input power supplies:

  • Input voltage:
    • 100 to 127 (nominal) Vac, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
    • 200 to 240 (nominal) Vac, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
    • 180 to 300 Vdc (China only)
  • Inlet current: see the following table.

Table 98. Maximum inlet current
Part number Description 100V AC 200V AC 240V DC
Titanium AC power supplies
4P57A88687 ThinkSystem 800W 230V/115V Titanium CRPS Premium Hot-Swap Power Supply 9.3A 4.5A 4A
4P57A87056 ThinkSystem 800W 230V/115V Titanium CRPS Hot-Swap Power Supply v1.4 10A 5A 5A
4P57A88621 ThinkSystem 1300W 230V/115V Titanium CRPS Premium Hot-Swap Power Supply 11.4A 7.2A 6.2A
4P57A87628 ThinkSystem 1300W 230V/115V Titanium CRPS Hot-Swap Power Supply v2.4 12A 8A 8A
4P57A88689 ThinkSystem 2000W 230V/115V Titanium CRPS Premium Hot-Swap Power Supply No support 11A 9.1A
Platinum AC power supplies
4P57A89306 ThinkSystem 800W 230V/115V Platinum CRPS Hot-Swap Power Supply v1.5 10A 5A 4.5A
4P57A89307 ThinkSystem 1300W 230V/115V Platinum CRPS Hot-Swap Power Supply v1.5 12A 8A 6.5A
4P57A88636 ThinkSystem 1300W 230V/115V Platinum CRPS Hot-Swap Power Supply v2.4 12A 8A 8A
HVAC/HVDC power supplies
4P57A88627 ThinkSystem 1300W HVAC/HVDC Platinum CRPS Premium Hot-Swap Power Supply No support 7.2A 6.2A

Electrical specifications for -48V DC input power supply, 4P57A88625:

  • Input voltage: -48 to -60 Vdc
  • Inlet current: 29.8 A

Electrical specifications for HVAC/HVDC power supply, 4P57A88627:

  • Input voltage ranges:
    • 200-277V AC single phase
    • 240-380V DC
  • Inlet current:
    • AC: 7.2 A
    • DC: 6.2 A

Operating environment

The SR650 V4 server complies with ASHRAE Class A2 specifications with most configurations, and depending on the hardware configuration, also complies with ASHRAE Class A3 and Class A4 specifications. System performance may be impacted when operating temperature is outside ASHRAE A2 specification.

Depending on the hardware configuration, the SR650 V4 server also complies with ASHRAE Class H1 specification. System performance may be impacted when operating temperature is outside ASHRAE H1 specification.

Topics in this section:

Water requirements

The SR650 V4 has the following requirements for open-loop liquid cooling:

  • Maximum pressure: 3 bars
  • Water inlet temperature and flow rates:
    • 50°C (122°F) inlet temperature: 1.5 liters per minute (lpm) per server
    • 45°C (113°F) inlet temperature: 1 liter per minute (lpm) per server
    • 40°C (104°F) or lower inlet temperature: 0.5 liters per minute (lpm) per server

The water required to initially fill the system side cooling loop must be reasonably clean, bacteria-free water (<100 CFU/ml) such as de-mineralized water, reverse osmosis water, de-ionized water, or distilled water. The water must be filtered with an in-line 50 micron filter (approximately 288 mesh). The water must be treated with anti-biological and anti-corrosion measures. Environment quality must be maintain over the lifetime of the system to receive warranty and support on affecting components. For more information, see Lenovo Neptune Direct Water-Cooling Standards.

Temperature and humidity

The server is supported in the following environment:

  • Air temperature:
    • Operating:
      • ASHRAE Class A2: 10°C to 35°C (50°F to 95°F); the maximum ambient temperature decreases by 1°C for every 300 m (984 ft) increase in altitude above 900 m (2,953 ft).
      • ASHRAE Class A3: 5°C to 40°C (41°F to 104°F); the maximum ambient temperature decreases by 1°C for every 175 m (574 ft) increase in altitude above 900 m (2,953 ft).
      • ASHRAE Class A4: 5°C to 45°C (41°F to 113°F); the maximum ambient temperature decreases by 1°C for every 125 m (410 ft) increase in altitude above 900 m (2,953 ft).
      • ASHRAE Class H1: 5 °C to 25 °C (41 °F to 77 °F); Decrease the maximum ambient temperature by 1°C for every 500 m (1640 ft) increase in altitude above 900 m (2,953 ft).
    • Server off: -10°C to 60°C (14°F to 140°F)
    • Shipment/storage: -40°C to 70°C (-40°F to 158°F)
  • Maximum altitude: 3,050 m (10,000 ft)
  • Relative Humidity (non-condensing):
    • Operating
      • ASHRAE Class A2: 8% to 80%; maximum dew point: 21°C (70°F)
      • ASHRAE Class A3: 8% to 85%; maximum dew point: 24°C (75°F)
      • ASHRAE Class A4: 8% to 90%; maximum dew point: 24°C (75°F)
      • ASHRAE Class H1: 8% to 80%; Maximum dew point: 17°C (63°F)
    • Shipment/storage: 8% to 90% 

Acoustical noise emissions

The server has the following acoustic noise emissions declaration.

Table 99. Acoustic noise emissions declaration
Acoustic performance @ 25°C ambient Configuration Min Typical Storage GPU rich
Declared mean A-weighted sound power level, LWA,m (B)
Statistical adder for verification, Kv (B) = 0.4
Idle mode 5.6 5.9 6.8 6.8
Operating mode 1 5.9 6.2 6.8 7.3
Operating mode 2 6.4 6.7 8.4 8.7
Declared mean A-weighted emission sound pressure level, LpA,m (dB)
Bystander position
Idle mode 44 47 56 56
Operating mode 1 47 50 56 62
Operating mode 2 52 54 71 75

Modes:

  • Idle mode: The steady-state condition in which the server is powered-on but not operating any intended function.
  • Operating mode 1: The maximum acoustic output of 50% CPU TDP or active storage drives
  • Operating mode 2: The maximum acoustical output of 100% CPU TDP or GPU TDP

The declared acoustic sound levels are based on the following configurations, which may change depending on configuration or conditions.

  • Min: 2 x 250 W CPUs, 8 x 64 GB RDIMMs, 8 x 2.5" SAS HDDs, 1 x RAID 940-8i, 1 x ThinkSystem Broadcom 5719 1GbE RJ45 4-port OCP Ethernet Adapter, 2 x 1300 W PSUs
  • Typical: 2 x 270 W CPUs, 16 x 64 GB RDIMMs, 16 x 2.5" SAS HDDs, 1 x RAID 940-16i, 2 x ThinkSystem Broadcom 57414 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter, 2 x 1300W PSUs
  • GPU rich: 2 x 350 W CPUs, 2 x H100 NVL GPUs, 16 x 64 GB RDIMMs, 8 x 2.5" NVMe drives, 2 x ThinkSystem Broadcom 57508 100GbE QSFP56 2-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter, 2 x 2700W PSUs
  • Storage rich: 2 x 270 W CPUs, 16 x 64 GB RDIMMs, 16 x 3.5" SAS HDDs, 1 x RAID 940-16i, 2 x ThinkSystem Broadcom 57414 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter, 2 x 1300 W PSUs

Notes:

  • These sound levels were measured in controlled acoustical environments according to procedures specified by ISO7779 and are reported in accordance with ISO 9296.
  • The declared sound levels may change depending on configuration/conditions.
  • Government regulations (such as those prescribed by OSHA or European Community Directives) may govern noise level exposure in the workplace and may apply to you and your server installation. The actual sound pressure levels in your installation depend upon a variety of factors, including the number of racks in the installation; the size, materials, and configuration of the room; the noise levels from other equipment; the room ambient temperature, and employee's location in relation to the equipment. Further, compliance with such government regulations depends on a variety of additional factors, including the duration of employees' exposure and whether employees wear hearing protection. Lenovo recommends that you consult with qualified experts in this field to determine whether you are in compliance with the applicable regulations.

Shock and vibration

The server has the following vibration and shock limits:

  • Vibration:
    • Operating: 0.21 G rms at 5 Hz to 500 Hz for 15 minutes across 3 axes
    • Non-operating: 1.04 G rms at 2 Hz to 200 Hz for 15 minutes across 6 surfaces
  • Shock:
    • Operating: 15 G for 3 milliseconds in each direction (positive and negative X, Y, and Z axes)
    • Non-operating:
      • 12 kg - 22 kg: 50 G for 152 in./sec velocity change across 6 surfaces
      • 23 kg - 31 kg: 35 G for 152 in./sec velocity change across 6 surfaces (3x GPU config, 2.5” config)
      • 32 kg - 68 kg: 35 G for 136 in./sec velocity change across 6 surfaces (16x 3.5” HDD config)

Particulate contamination

Airborne particulates (including metal flakes or particles) and reactive gases acting alone or in combination with other environmental factors such as humidity or temperature might damage the system that might cause the system to malfunction or stop working altogether.

The following specifications indicate the limits of particulates that the system can tolerate:

  • Reactive gases:
    • The copper reactivity level shall be less than 200 Angstroms per month (Å/month)
    • The silver reactivity level shall be less than 200 Å/month
  • Airborne particulates:
    • The room air should be continuously filtered with MERV 8 filters.
    • Air entering a data center should be filtered with MERV 11 or preferably MERV 13 filters.
    • The deliquescent relative humidity of the particulate contamination should be more than 60% RH
    • Environment must be free of zinc whiskers

For additional information, see the Specifications section of the documentation for the server, available from the Lenovo Documents site, https://pubs.lenovo.com/

Water infrastructure for the Lenovo Processor Neptune Core Module

The Lenovo Processor Neptune Core Module is the liquid-based processor cooling offering for the SR650 V4, as described in the Lenovo Processor Neptune Core Module section.

The open-loop cooling module requires the following water infrastructure components in the rack cabinet and data center:

  • Supported 42U or 48U rack cabinet

    The 42U or 48U Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet (machine types 7D6D or 7D6E) are supported. Two 0U mounting points are required for the water manifolds, at the rear of the rack cabinet, one either side.

    For information about the 42U and 48U Heavy Duty Rack Cabinets, see the product guide:
    https://lenovopress.lenovo.com/lp1498-lenovo-heavy-duty-rack-cabinets

  • 38-port water manifold (machine type 7DE6), installed in the rear of the rack cabinet

    The manifold provides quick-disconnect couplings that each server in the rack are connected to. Ordering information is in the table below.

  • Coolant distribution unit (CDU), either in-rack or in-row

    In-rack CDUs are installed at the bottom of the rack cabinet. The supported in-rack CDU is as follows:

    In-row CDUs are separate cabinets that are typically installed at the end of a row of rack cabinets. Examples of suitable in-row CDUs include (but not limited to):

    • CoolTera FS400 310KW CDU
    • Vertiv Liebert XDU60 60KW CDU
  • Hose kit to connect to the CDU to the manifold

    Ordering information is in the table.

The following figure shows the major components of the solution.

Water manifold connections
Figure 36. Water manifold connections

Configuration requirements:

  • Maximum number of SR650 V4 servers support in a rack:
    • 48U rack: 19 servers
    • 42U rack with in-rack CDU: 18 servers
    • 42U rack without in-rack CDU: 19 servers
  • Inlet water flow rate:
    • 0.5 LPM: Maximum 40°C inlet water temperature
    • 1.0 LPM: Maximum 45°C inlet water temperature
    • 1.5 LPM: Maximum 50°C inlet water temperature
  • Water pressure requirement:
    • Maximum operating node inlet pressure = 43.5 psi (3 bars)

Note: Water quality must be maintained over the lifetime of the system to receive warranty and support on affecting components. For water quality requirement, see Lenovo Neptune Direct Water-Cooling Standards

The 38-drop water manifold and hoses can be ordered as part numbers or by using the CTO process in the configurators using CTO model 7DE6CTO1WW. The following table lists the ordering information for the water manifold for the Processor Neptune Core Module.

Table 100. Water infrastructure ordering information
Part number Feature code
(7DE6CTO1WW)
Description
Manifold for 42U and 48U rack cabinet
4XF7A90061 BXHD ThinkSystem Neptune DWC 38 Port Rack Manifold
Hoses to connect the manifold to an in-rack CDU
4XF7A90232 BXHE Connection Set, for 38 Ports Manifold with in-Rack CDU in 42U Rack
4XF7A90233 BXHF Connection Set, for 38 Ports Manifold with in-Rack CDU in 48U Rack
Hoses to connect the manifold to an in-row CDU
4XF7A90234 BXHG Hose Set, 1 inch EPDM, 1.3m, for 38 Ports manifold for in-row CDU
4XF7A90235 BXHH Hose Set, 1 inch EPDM, 2.3m, for 38 Ports manifold for in-row CDU

Configuration notes:

  • This water connection solution described here cannot be used with the DW612S enclosure as the water requirements are different.
  • The hoses for in-row CDUs that are listed in the table above have Eaton FD83 quick-disconnect couplings

RM100 In-Rack Coolant Distribution Unit

The RM100 In-Rack Coolant Distribution Unit (CDU) can provide 100kW cooling capacity within the rack cabinet. It is designed as a 4U high rack device installed at the bottom of the rack. The CDU is supported in the 42U and 48U Heavy Duty Rack Cabinets. 

For information about the 42U and 48U Heavy Duty Rack Cabinets, see the product guide:
https://lenovopress.lenovo.com/lp1498-lenovo-heavy-duty-rack-cabinets

The following figure shows the RM100 CDU.

RM100 In-Rack Coolant Distribution Unit
Figure 37. RM100 In-Rack Coolant Distribution Unit

The CDU can be ordered using the CTO process in the configurators using machine type 7DBL. The following table lists the base CTO model and base feature code.

Table 101. RM100 ordering information
CTO model Base feature Description
7DBLCTOLWW BRL4 Lenovo Neptune DWC RM100 In-Rack CDU

For details and exact specification of the CDU, see the In-Rack CDU Operation & Maintenance Guide:
https://pubs.lenovo.com/hdc_rackcabinet/rm100_user_guide.pdf

Professional Services: The factory integration of the In-Rack CDU requires Lenovo Professional Services review and approval for warranty and associated extended services. Before ordering CDU and manifold, contact the Lenovo Professional Services team ( ).

Warranty upgrades and post-warranty support

The SR650 V4 has a 1-year or 3-year warranty based on the machine type of the system:

  • 7DGC - 1 year warranty
  • 7DGD - 3 year warranty
  • 7DK2 - 3 year warranty

Our global network of regional support centers offers consistent, local-language support enabling you to vary response times and level of service to match the criticality of your support needs:

  • Standard Next Business Day – Best choice for non-essential systems requiring simple maintenance.
  • Premier Next Business Day – Best choice for essential systems requiring technical expertise from senior-level Lenovo engineers.
  • Premier 24x7 4-Hour Response – Best choice for systems where maximum uptime is critical.
  • Premier Enhanced Storage Support 24x7 4-Hour Response – Best choice for storage systems where maximum uptime is critical.

For more information, consult the brochure Lenovo Operational Support Services for Data Centers Services.

Services

Lenovo Data Center Services empower you at every stage of your IT lifecycle. From expert advisory and strategic planning to seamless deployment and ongoing support, we ensure your infrastructure is built for success. Our comprehensive services accelerate time to value, minimize downtime, and free your IT staff to focus on driving innovation and business growth.

Note: Some service options may not be available in all markets or regions. For more information, go to https://lenovolocator.com/. For information about Lenovo service upgrade offerings that are available in your region, contact your local Lenovo sales representative or business partner.

In this section:

Lenovo Advisory Services

Lenovo Advisory Services simplify the planning process, enabling customers to build future-proofed strategies in as little as six weeks. Consultants provide guidance on projects including VM migration, storage, backup and recovery, and cost management to accelerate time to value, improve cost efficiency, and build a flexibly scalable foundation.

  • Assessment Services

    An Assessment helps solve your IT challenges through an onsite, multi-day session with a Lenovo technology expert. We perform a tools-based assessment which provides a comprehensive and thorough review of a company's environment and technology systems. In addition to the technology based functional requirements, the consultant also discusses and records the non-functional business requirements, challenges, and constraints. Assessments help organizations like yours, no matter how large or small, get a better return on your IT investment and overcome challenges in the ever-changing technology landscape.

  • Design Services

    Professional Services consultants perform infrastructure design and implementation planning to support your strategy. The high-level architectures provided by the assessment service are turned into low level designs and wiring diagrams, which are reviewed and approved prior to implementation. The implementation plan will demonstrate an outcome-based proposal to provide business capabilities through infrastructure with a risk-mitigated project plan.

Lenovo Plan & Design Services

Unlock faster time to market with our tailored, strategic design workshops to align solution approaches with your business goals and technical requirements. Leverage our deep solution expertise and end-to-end delivery partnership to meet your goals efficiently and effectively.

Lenovo Deployment, Migration, and Configuration Services

Optimize your IT operations by shifting labor-intensive functions to Lenovo's skilled technicians for seamless on-site or remote deployment, configuration, and migration. Enjoy peace of mind, faster time to value, and comprehensive knowledge sharing with your IT staff, backed by our best-practice methodology.

  • Deployment Services for Storage and ThinkAgile

    A comprehensive range of remote and onsite options tailored specifically for your business needs to ensure your storage and ThinkAgile hardware are fully operational from the start.

  • Hardware Installation Services

    A full-range, comprehensive setup for your hardware, including unpacking, inspecting, and positioning components to ensure your equipment is operational and error-free for the most seamless and efficient installation experience, so you can quickly benefit from your investments.

  • DM/DG File Migration Services

    Take the burden of file migration from your IT’s shoulders. Our experts will align your requirements and business objectives to the migration plans while coordinating with your team to plan and safely execute the data migration to your storage platforms.

  • DM/DG/DE Health Check Services

    Our experts perform proactive checks of your Firmware and system health to ensure your machines are operating at peak and optimal efficiency to maximize up-time, avoid system failures, ensure the security of IT solutions and simplify maintenance.

  • Factory Integrated Services

    A suite of value-added offerings provided during the manufacturing phase of a server or storage system that reduces time to value. These services aim at improving your hardware deployment experience and enhance the quality of a standard configuration before it arrives at your facility.

Lenovo Support Services

In addition to response time options for hardware parts, repairs, and labor, Lenovo offers a wide array of additional support services to ensure your business is positioned for success and longevity. Our goal is to reduce your capital outlays, mitigate your IT risks, and accelerate your time to productivity.

  • Premier Support for Data Centers

    Your direct line to the solution that promises the best, most comprehensive level of support to help you fully unlock the potential of your data center.

  • Premier Enhanced Storage Support (PESS)

    Gain all the benefits of Premier Support for Data Centers, adding dedicated storage specialists and resources to elevate your storage support experience to the next level.

  • Committed Service Repair (CSR)

    Our commitment to ensuring the fastest, most seamless resolution times for mission-critical systems that require immediate attention to ensure minimal downtime and risk for your business. This service is only available for machines under the Premier 4-Hour Response SLA.

  • Multivendor Support Services (MVS)

    Your single point of accountability for resolution support across vast range of leading Server, Storage, and Networking OEMs, allowing you to manage all your supported infrastructure devices seamlessly from a single source.

  • Keep Your Drive (KYD)

    Protect sensitive data and maintain compliance with corporate retention and disposal policies to ensure your data is always under your control, regardless of the number of drives that are installed in your Lenovo server.

  • Technical Account Manager (TAM)

    Your single point of contact to expedite service requests, provide status updates, and furnish reports to track incidents over time, ensuring smooth operations and optimized performance as your business grows.

  • Enterprise Software Support (ESS)

    Gain comprehensive, single-source, and global support for a wide range of server operating systems and Microsoft server applications.

For more information, consult the brochure Lenovo Operational Support Services for Data Centers.

Lenovo Managed Services

Achieve peak efficiency, high security, and minimal disruption with Lenovo's always-on Managed Services. Our real-time monitoring, 24x7 incident response, and problem resolution ensure your infrastructure operates seamlessly. With quarterly health checks for ongoing optimization and innovation, Lenovo's remote active monitoring boosts end-user experience and productivity by keeping your data center's hardware performing at its best.

Lenovo Managed Services provides continuous 24x7 remote monitoring (plus 24x7 call center availability) and proactive management of your data center using state-of-the-art tools, systems, and practices by a team of highly skilled and experienced Lenovo services professionals.

Quarterly reviews check error logs, verify firmware & OS device driver levels, and software as needed. We’ll also maintain records of latest patches, critical updates, and firmware levels, to ensure you systems are providing business value through optimized performance.

Lenovo Sustainability Services

  • Asset Recovery Services

    Lenovo Asset Recovery Services (ARS) provides a secure, seamless solution for managing end-of-life IT assets, ensuring data is safely sanitized while contributing to a more circular IT lifecycle. By maximizing the reuse or responsible recycling of devices, ARS helps businesses meet sustainability goals while recovering potential value from their retired equipment. For more information, see the Asset Recovery Services offering page.

  • CO2 Offset Services

    Lenovo’s CO2 Offset Services offer a simple and transparent way for businesses to take tangible action on their IT footprint. By integrating CO2 offsets directly into device purchases, customers can easily support verified climate projects and track their contributions, making meaningful progress toward their sustainability goals without added complexity.

  • Lenovo Certified Refurbished

    Lenovo Certified Refurbished offers a cost-effective way to support IT circularity without compromising on quality and performance. Each device undergoes rigorous testing and certification, ensuring reliable performance and extending its lifecycle. With Lenovo’s trusted certification, you gain peace of mind while making a more sustainable IT choice.

Lenovo TruScale

Lenovo TruScale XaaS is your set of flexible IT services that makes everything easier. Streamline IT procurement, simplify infrastructure and device management, and pay only for what you use – so your business is free to grow and go anywhere.

Lenovo TruScale is  the unified solution that gives you simplified access to:

  • The industry’s broadest portfolio – from pocket to cloud – all delivered as a service
  • A single-contract framework for full visibility and accountability
  • The global scale to rapidly and securely build teams from anywhere
  • Flexible fixed and metered pay-as-you-go models with minimal upfront cost
  • The growth-driving combination of hardware, software, infrastructure, and solutions – all from one single provider with one point of accountability.

For information about Lenovo TruScale offerings that are available in your region, contact your local Lenovo sales representative or business partner.

Regulatory compliance

The SR650 V4 conforms to the following standards:

  • CE, UKCA Mark (EN55032 Class A, EN62368-1, EN55035, EN61000-3-11, EN61000-3-12, (EU) 2019/424, and EN IEC 63000 (RoHS))
  • FCC - Verified to comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, Class A
  • Canada ICES-003, issue 7, Class A
  • CISPR 32, Class A, CISPR 35
  • Korea KS C 9832 Class A, KS C 9835
  • Japan VCCI, Class A
  • Taiwan BSMI CNS15936, Class A; CNS15598-1; Section 5 of CNS15663
  • Australia/New Zealand AS/NZS CISPR 32, Class A; AS/NZS 62368.1
  • China CCC certificate, GB17625.1; GB4943.1; GB/T9254
  • China CECP certificate, CQC3135
  • China CELP certificate, HJ 2507-2011

External drive enclosures

The server supports attachment to external drive enclosures using a RAID controller with external ports or a SAS host bus adapter. Adapters supported by the server are listed in the SAS adapters for external storage section.

Note: Information provided in this section is for ordering reference purposes only. For the operating system and adapter support details, refer to the interoperability matrix for a particular storage enclosure that can be found on the Lenovo Data Center Support web site:
http://datacentersupport.lenovo.com

Table 102. External drive enclosures
Model Description
4587HC1 Lenovo Storage D1212 Disk Expansion Enclosure (2U enclosure with 12x LFF drive bays)
4587HC2 Lenovo Storage D1224 Disk Expansion Enclosure (2U enclosure with 24x SFF drive bays)
6413HC1 Lenovo Storage D3284 High Density Expansion Enclosure (5U enclosure with 84x LFF drive bays)
7DAHCTO1WW Lenovo ThinkSystem D4390 Direct Attached Storage (4U enclosure with 90x LFF drive bays)

For details about supported drives, adapters, and cables, see the following Lenovo Press Product Guides:

External storage systems

Lenovo offers the ThinkSystem DE Series, ThinkSystem DG Series and ThinkSystem DM Series external storage systems for high-performance storage. See the DE Series, DG Series and DM Series product guides for specific controller models, expansion enclosures and configuration options:

External backup units

The following table lists the external backup options that are offered by Lenovo.

Table 103. External backup options
Part number Description
External RDX USB drives
4T27A10725 ThinkSystem RDX External USB 3.0 Dock
External SAS tape backup drives
6160S7E IBM TS2270 Tape Drive Model H7S
6160S8E IBM TS2280 Tape Drive Model H8S
6160S9E IBM TS2290 Tape Drive Model H9S
External SAS tape backup autoloaders
6171S7R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO7 HH SAS
6171S8R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO8 HH SAS
6171S9R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO9 HH SAS
External tape backup libraries
6741A1F IBM TS4300 3U Tape Library-Base Unit
6741A3F IBM TS4300 3U Tape Library-Expansion Unit
Full High 8 Gb Fibre Channel for TS4300
01KP938 LTO 7 FH Fibre Channel Drive
01KP954 LTO 8 FH Fibre Channel Drive
02JH837 LTO 9 FH Fibre Channel Drive
Half High 8 Gb Fibre Channel for TS4300
01KP936 LTO 7 HH Fibre Channel Drive
01KP952 LTO 8 HH Fibre Channel Drive
02JH835 LTO 9 HH Fibre Channel Drive
Half High 6 Gb SAS for TS4300
01KP937 LTO 7 HH SAS Drive
01KP953 LTO 8 HH SAS Drive
02JH836 LTO 9 HH SAS Drive

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the Backup units category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/backup

Fibre Channel SAN switches

Lenovo offers the ThinkSystem DB Series of Fibre Channel SAN switches for high-performance storage expansion. See the DB Series product guides for models and configuration options:

Uninterruptible power supply units

The following table lists the uninterruptible power supply (UPS) units that are offered by Lenovo.

Table 104. Uninterruptible power supply units
Part number Description
Rack-mounted or tower UPS units - 100-125VAC
7DD5A001WW RT1.5kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS-G2 (100-125VAC)
55941AX RT1.5kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
55942AX RT2.2kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
7DD5A003WW RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS-G2 (100-125VAC)
55943AX RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
Rack-mounted or tower UPS units - 200-240VAC
7DD5A002WW RT1.5kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS-G2 (200-240VAC)
55941KX RT1.5kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55942KX RT2.2kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
7DD5A005WW RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS-G2 (200-240VAC)
55943KX RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
7DD5A007WW RT5kVA 3U Rack or Tower UPS-G2 (200-240VAC)
55945KX RT5kVA 3U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
7DD5A008WW RT6kVA 3U Rack or Tower UPS-G2 (200-240VAC)
55946KX RT6kVA 3U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55948KX RT8kVA 6U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
7DD5A00AWW RT11kVA 6U Rack or Tower UPS-G2 (200-240VAC)
55949KX RT11kVA 6U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55943KT† ThinkSystem RT3kVA 2U Standard UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A, 2x GB 10A, 1x C19 16A outlets)
55943LT† ThinkSystem RT3kVA 2U Long Backup UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A, 2x GB 10A, 1x C19 16A outlets)
55946KT† ThinkSystem RT6kVA 5U UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A outlets, 1x Terminal Block output)
5594XKT† ThinkSystem RT10kVA 5U UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A outlets, 1x Terminal Block output)
Rack-mounted or tower UPS units - 380-415VAC
55948PX RT8kVA 6U 3:1 Phase Rack or Tower UPS (380-415VAC)
55949PX RT11kVA 6U 3:1 Phase Rack or Tower UPS (380-415VAC)

† Only available in China and the Asia Pacific market.

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the UPS category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/ups

Power distribution units

The following table lists the power distribution units (PDUs) that are offered by Lenovo.

Table 105. Power distribution units
Part
number
Feature
code
Description
ANZ
ASEAN
Brazil
EET
MEA
RUCIS
WE
HTK
INDIA
JAPAN
LA
NA
PRC
0U Basic PDUs
4PU7A93176C0QH0U 36 C13 and 6 C19 Basic 32A 1 Phase PDU v2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
4PU7A93169C0DA0U 36 C13 and 6 C19 Basic 32A 1 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
4PU7A93177C0QJ0U 24 C13/C15 and 24 C13/C15/C19 Basic 32A 3 Phase WYE PDU v2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4PU7A93170C0D90U 24 C13/C15 and 24 C13/C15/C19 Basic 32A 3 Phase WYE PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
00YJ776ATZY0U 36 C13/6 C19 24A 1 Phase PDU N Y Y N N N N N N Y Y Y N
00YJ779ATZX0U 21 C13/12 C19 48A 3 Phase PDU N N Y N N N Y N N Y Y Y N
00YJ777ATZZ0U 36 C13/6 C19 32A 1 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y
00YJ778AU000U 21 C13/12 C19 32A 3 Phase PDU Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y
0U Switched and Monitored PDUs
4PU7A93181C0QN0U 21 C13/C15 and 21 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 48A 3 Phase Delta PDU V2 (60A derated) N Y N N N N N Y N Y N Y N
4PU7A93174C0D50U 21 C13/C15 and 21 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 48A 3 Phase Delta PDU (60A derated) N Y N N N N N Y N N N Y N
4PU7A93178C0QK0U 20 C13 and 4 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 1 Phase PDU v2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
4PU7A93171C0D80U 20 C13 and 4 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 1 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
4PU7A93182C0QP0U 18 C13/C15 and 18 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 63A 3 Phase WYE PDU v2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4PU7A93175C0CS0U 18 C13/C15 and 18 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 63A 3 Phase WYE PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
4PU7A93180C0QM0U 18 C13/C15 and 18 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 3 Phase WYE PDU v2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4PU7A93173C0D60U 18 C13/C15 and 18 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 3 Phase WYE PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y
4PU7A93179C0QL0U 16 C13/C15 and 16 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 24A 1 Phase PDU v2 (30A derated) N Y N N N N N Y N Y N Y N
4PU7A93172C0D70U 16 C13/C15 and 16 C13/C15/C19 Switched and Monitored 24A 1 Phase PDU(30A derated) N Y N N N N N Y N N N Y N
00YJ783AU040U 12 C13/12 C19 Switched and Monitored 48A 3 Phase PDU N N Y N N N Y N N Y Y Y N
00YJ781AU030U 20 C13/4 C19 Switched and Monitored 24A 1 Phase PDU N N Y N Y N Y N N Y Y Y N
00YJ782AU020U 18 C13/6 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 3 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y
00YJ780AU010U 20 C13/4 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 1 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y
1U Switched and Monitored PDUs
4PU7A90808C0D41U 18 C19/C13 Switched and monitored 48A 3P WYE PDU V2 ETL N N N N N N N Y N Y Y Y N
4PU7A81117BNDV1U 18 C19/C13 switched and monitored 48A 3P WYE PDU - ETL N N N N N N N N N N N Y N
4PU7A90809C0DE1U 18 C19/C13 Switched and monitored 48A 3P WYE PDU V2 CE Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y
4PU7A81118BNDW1U 18 C19/C13 switched and monitored 48A 3P WYE PDU – CE Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y
4PU7A90810C0DD1U 18 C19/C13 Switched and monitored 80A 3P Delta PDU V2 N N N N N N N Y N Y Y Y N
4PU7A77467BLC41U 18 C19/C13 Switched and Monitored 80A 3P Delta PDU N N N N N N N N N Y N Y N
4PU7A90811C0DC1U 12 C19/C13 Switched and monitored 32A 3P WYE PDU V2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4PU7A77468BLC51U 12 C19/C13 switched and monitored 32A 3P WYE PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
4PU7A90812C0DB1U 12 C19/C13 Switched and monitored 60A 3P Delta PDU V2 N N N N N N N Y N Y Y Y N
4PU7A77469BLC61U 12 C19/C13 switched and monitored 60A 3P Delta PDU N N N N N N N N N N N Y N
46M400258961U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
46M400458941U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
46M400358971U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
46M400558951U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
1U Ultra Density Enterprise PDUs (9x IEC 320 C13 + 3x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
71763NU 6051 Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3PH N N Y N N N N N N Y Y Y N
71762NX 6091 Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
1U C13 Enterprise PDUs (12x IEC 320 C13 outlets)
39M28166030DPI C13 Enterprise PDU Plus Module (WW) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y89416010Enterprise C13 PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
1U C19 Enterprise PDUs (6x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
39Y89486060Enterprise C19 PDU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y89236061DPI Three-phase 60A/208V C19 Enterprise PDU (US) N N Y N N N Y N N N Y Y N
1U Front-end PDUs (3x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
39Y89386002DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y89396003DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y89346005DPI 32amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
39Y89406004DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd connector Y N Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Y N
39Y89356006DPI Single-phase 63A/230V Front-end PDU (International) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
1U NEMA PDUs (6x NEMA 5-15R outlets)
39Y89055900DPI 100-127v PDU with Fixed Nema L5-15P line cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Line cords for 1U PDUs that ship without a line cord
40K96116504DPI 32a Cord (IEC 309 3P+N+G) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K961265024.3m, 32A/230V, EPDU to IEC 309 P+N+G (non-US) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K96136503DPI 63a Cord (IEC 309 P+N+G) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K96146500DPI 30a Cord (NEMA L6-30P) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K96156501DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G) N N Y N N N Y N N Y Y Y N
40K961765054.3m, 32A/230V, Souriau UTG to AS/NZS 3112 (Aus/NZ) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
40K961865064.3m, 32A/250V, Souriau UTG Female to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

For more information, see the Lenovo Press documents in the PDU category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/pdu

Rack cabinets

The following table lists the supported rack cabinets.

Table 106. Rack cabinets
ModelDescription
93072RX25U Standard Rack (1000mm)
7D6DA007WWThinkSystem 42U Onyx Primary Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet (1200mm)
7D6DA008WWThinkSystem 42U Pearl Primary Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet (1200mm)
7D6EA009WWThinkSystem 48U Onyx Primary Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet (1200mm)
7D6EA00AWWThinkSystem 48U Pearl Primary Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet (1200mm)
1410O42Lenovo EveryScale 42U Onyx Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet
1410P42Lenovo EveryScale 42U Pearl Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet
1410O48Lenovo EveryScale 48U Onyx Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet
1410P48Lenovo EveryScale 48U Pearl Heavy Duty Rack Cabinet
93604PX42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Rack
93614PX42U 1200mm Deep Static Rack
93634PX42U 1100mm Dynamic Rack
93634EX42U 1100mm Dynamic Expansion Rack
93074RX42U Standard Rack (1000mm)
93084PX42U Enterprise Rack
93084EX42U Enterprise Expansion Rack

For specifications about these racks, see the Lenovo Rack Cabinet Reference, available from:
https://lenovopress.com/lp1287-lenovo-rack-cabinet-reference

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the Rack cabinets category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/racks

KVM console options

The following table lists the supported KVM consoles.

Table 107. KVM console
Part number Description
Consoles
4XF7A84188 ThinkSystem 18.5" LCD Console (with US English keyboard)
4XF7A73009 ThinkSystem 18.5" LCD console (with US English keyboard)
17238BX 1U 18.5" Standard Console (without keyboard - see the next table)

The following table lists the keyboards supported with the 1U 18.5" Standard Console (now withdrawn).

Note: These keyboards are not supported with the ThinkSystem 18.5" LCD Console.

Table 108. Keyboards for 1U 18.5" Standard Console
Part number Description
7ZB7A05469 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int.Pointing Device USB - Arabic 253 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05468 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Belg/UK 120 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05206 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Czech 489 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05207 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Danish 159 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05208 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Dutch 143 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05210 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Fr/Canada 445 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05209 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - French 189 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05211 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - German 129 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05212 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Greek 219 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05213 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Hebrew 212 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05214 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Hungarian 208 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05215 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Italian 141 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05216 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Japanese 194 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05217 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Korean 413 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05218 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - LA Span 171 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05219 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Norwegian 155 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05220 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Polish 214 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05221 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Portugese 163 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05222 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Russian 441 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05223 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Slovak 245 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05231 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Slovenian 234 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05224 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Spanish 172 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05225 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Swed/Finn 153 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05226 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Swiss F/G 150 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05227 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Thai 191 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05467 ThinkSystem Keyboard with Int. Pointing Device USB - Trad Chinese/US 467 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05228 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Turkish 179 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05229 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - UK Eng 166 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05470 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - US Eng 103P RoHS v2
7ZB7A05230 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - US Euro 103P RoHS v2

The following table lists the available KVM switches and the options that are supported with them.

Table 109. KVM switches and options
Part number Description
KVM Console switches
1754D1T ThinkSystem Digital 2x1x16 KVM Switch (DVI video output port)
1754A1T ThinkSystem Analog 1x8 KVM Switch (DVI video output port)
1754D2X Global 4x2x32 Console Manager (GCM32)
1754D1X Global 2x2x16 Console Manager (GCM16)
1754A2X Local 2x16 Console Manager (LCM16)
1754A1X Local 1x8 Console Manager (LCM8)
Cables for ThinkSystem Digital and Analog KVM Console switches
4X97A11108 ThinkSystem VGA to DVI Conversion Cable
4X97A11109 ThinkSystem Single-USB Conversion Cable for Digital KVM
4X97A11107 ThinkSystem Dual-USB Conversion Cable for Digital KVM
4X97A11106 ThinkSystem USB Conversion Cable for Analog KVM
Cables for GCM and LCM Console switches
43V6147 Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)
39M2895 USB Conversion Option Pack
46M5383 Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)
46M5382 Serial Conversion Option (SCO)

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the KVM Switches and Consoles category:
http://lenovopress.com/servers/options/kvm

Lenovo Financial Services

Why wait to obtain the technology you need now? No payments for 90 days and predictable, low monthly payments make it easy to budget for your Lenovo solution.

  • Flexible

    Our in-depth knowledge of the products, services and various market segments allows us to offer greater flexibility in structures, documentation and end of lease options.

  • 100% Solution Financing

    Financing your entire solution including hardware, software, and services, ensures more predictability in your project planning with fixed, manageable payments and low monthly payments.

  • Device as a Service (DaaS)

    Leverage latest technology to advance your business. Customized solutions aligned to your needs. Flexibility to add equipment to support growth. Protect your technology with Lenovo's Premier Support service.

  • 24/7 Asset management

    Manage your financed solutions with electronic access to your lease documents, payment histories, invoices and asset information.

  • Fair Market Value (FMV) and $1 Purchase Option Leases

    Maximize your purchasing power with our lowest cost option. An FMV lease offers lower monthly payments than loans or lease-to-own financing. Think of an FMV lease as a rental. You have the flexibility at the end of the lease term to return the equipment, continue leasing it, or purchase it for the fair market value. In a $1 Out Purchase Option lease, you own the equipment. It is a good option when you are confident you will use the equipment for an extended period beyond the finance term. Both lease types have merits depending on your needs. We can help you determine which option will best meet your technological and budgetary goals.

Ask your Lenovo Financial Services representative about this promotion and how to submit a credit application. For the majority of credit applicants, we have enough information to deliver an instant decision and send a notification within minutes.

Seller training courses

The following sales training courses are offered for employees and partners (login required). Courses are listed in date order.

  1. Q4 Solutions Launch ThinkSystem SR630 V4, SR650 V4, SR650a V4 Update Quick Hit
    2025-02-12 | 5 minutes | Employees Only
    Details
    Q4 Solutions Launch ThinkSystem SR630 V4, SR650 V4, SR650a V4 Update Quick Hit

    This Quick Hit covers 3 new Lenovo servers – the ThinkSystem SR630 V4, SR650 V4, and SR650a V4 - designed to drive today's workloads and elevate data centers of any size to AI-enabled powerhouses. With designed-in and proven reliability, ThinkSystem V4 servers with Intel® Xeon 6 processors deliver a secure, AI-ready, scalable data center building block. Your customers will enjoy efficient, high-performing AI and other compute-intensive app execution with any one of these servers.

    Published: 2025-02-12
    Length: 5 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo

    Course code: SXXW1204r14a
  2. ThinkSystem Rack and Tower Introduction for ISO Client Managers
    2024-12-10 | 20 minutes | Employees Only
    Details
    ThinkSystem Rack and Tower Introduction for ISO Client Managers

    In this course, you will learn about Lenovo’s Data Center Portfolio, its ThinkSystem Family and the key features of the Rack and Tower servers. It will equip you with foundational knowledge which you can then expand upon by participating in the facilitated session of the curriculum.

    Course Objectives:
    • By the end of this course, you should be able to:
    • Identify Lenovo’s main data center brands.
    • Describe the key components of the ThinkSystem Family servers.
    • Differentiate between the Rack and Tower servers of the ThinkSystem Family.
    • Understand the value Rack and Tower servers can provide to customers.

    Published: 2024-12-10
    Length: 20 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo

    Course code: DSRTO101r2
  3. Partner Technical Webinar - Server Update with Mark Bica
    2024-11-26 | 60 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Partner Technical Webinar - Server Update with Mark Bica

    In this 60-minute replay, Mark Bica, Lenovo Product Manager gave an update on the server portfolio. Mark presented on the new V4 Intel servers with Xeon 6 CPUs. He reviewed where the new AMD 5th Gen EPYC CPUs will be used in our servers. He followed with a review of the GPU dense servers including SR680, SR680a, SR575 and SR780a. Mark concluded with a review of the SC777 and SC750 that were introduced at TechWorld.

    Published: 2024-11-26
    Length: 60 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: 112224
  4. Partner Technical Webinar - LenovoPress updates and LPH Demo
    2024-11-13 | 60 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Partner Technical Webinar - LenovoPress updates and LPH Demo

    In this 60-minute replay, we had 3 topics. First, David Watts, Lenovo Sr Manager LenovoPress, gave an update on LenovoPress and improvements to finding Seller Training Courses (both partner and Lenovo). Next, Ryan Tuttle, Lenovo LETS Solution Architect, gave a demo of Lenovo Partner Hub (LPH) including how to find replays of Partner Webinars in LPL. Finally, Joe Murphy, Lenovo Sr Manager of LETS NA, gave a quick update on the new Stackable Warranty Options in DCSC.

    Published: 2024-11-13
    Length: 60 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: 110824
  5. Virtual Facilitated Session - ThinkSystem Rack and Tower Primer for ISO Client Managers
    2024-10-31 | 90 minutes | Employees Only
    Details
    Virtual Facilitated Session - ThinkSystem Rack and Tower Primer for ISO Client Managers

    In this Virtual Instructor-Led Training Session, ISO Client Managers will be able to build on the knowledge gained in Module 1 (eLearning) of the ThinkSystem Rack and Tower Server Primer for ISO Client Managers curriculum.

    <p>
    <span style="color:red; font-weight:bold;"> IMPORTANT! </span> <span style="font-weight:bold;"> Module 1 (eLearning) must be completed to be eligible to participate in this session. Please note that places are subject to availability. If you are selected, you will receive the invite to this session via email. </span>
    </p>

    Published: 2024-10-31
    Length: 90 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo

    Course code: DSRTO102
  6. Partner Technical Webinar - OneIQ
    2024-07-15 | 60 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Partner Technical Webinar - OneIQ

    In this 60-minute replay, Peter Grant, Field CTO for OneIQ, reviewed and demo’d the capabilities of OneIQ including collecting data and analyzing. Additionally, Peter and the team discussed how specific partners (those with NA Channel SA coverage) will get direct access to OneIQ and other partners can get access to OneIQ via Distribution or the NA LETS team.

    Published: 2024-07-15
    Length: 60 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: 071224
  7. SAP Webinar for Lenovo Sellers: Lenovo Portfolio Update for SAP Landscapes
    2024-06-04 | 60 minutes | Employees Only
    Details
    SAP Webinar for Lenovo Sellers: Lenovo Portfolio Update for SAP Landscapes

    Join Mark Kelly, Advisory IT Architect with the Lenovo Global SAP Center of Competence as he discusses:
    • Challenges in the SAP environment
    • Lenovo On-premise Solutions for SAP
    • Lenovo support resources for SAP solutions

    Published: 2024-06-04
    Length: 60 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo

    Course code: DSAPF101
  8. Lenovo Data Center Product Portfolio
    2024-05-29 | 20 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Lenovo Data Center Product Portfolio

    This course introduces the Lenovo data center portfolio, and covers servers, storage, storage networking, and software-defined infrastructure products. After completing this course about Lenovo data center products, you will be able to identify product types within each data center family, describe Lenovo innovations that this product family or category uses, and recognize when a specific product should be selected.

    Published: 2024-05-29
    Length: 20 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: SXXW1110r7
  9. VTT Cloud Architecture: NVIDIA Using Cloud for GPUs and AI
    2024-05-22 | 60 minutes | Employees Only
    Details
    VTT Cloud Architecture: NVIDIA Using Cloud for GPUs and AI

    Join JD Dupont, NVIDIA Head of Americas Sales, Lenovo partnership and Veer Mehta, NVIDIA Solution Architect on an interactive discussion about cloud to edge, designing cloud Solutions with NVIDIA GPUs and minimizing private\hybrid cloud OPEX with GPUs. Discover how you can use what is done at big public cloud providers for your customers. We will also walk through use cases and see a demo you can use to help your customers.

    Published: 2024-05-22
    Length: 60 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo

    Course code: DVCLD212
  10. Partner Technical Webinar - ISG Portfolio Update
    2024-04-15 | 60 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Partner Technical Webinar - ISG Portfolio Update

    In this 60-minute replay, Mark Bica, NA ISG Server Product Manager reviewed the Lenovo ISG portfolio. He covered new editions such as the SR680a \ SR685a, dense servers, and options that are strategic for any workload.

    Published: 2024-04-15
    Length: 60 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: 041224
  11. Partner Technical Webinar - StorMagic
    2024-03-19 | 60 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Partner Technical Webinar - StorMagic

    March 08, 2024 – In this 60-minute replay, Stuart Campbell and Wes Ganeko of StorMagic joined us and provided an overview of StorMagic on Lenovo. They also demonstrated the interface while sharing some interesting use cases.

    Published: 2024-03-19
    Length: 60 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: 030824
  12. Family Portfolio: Storage Controller Options
    2024-01-23 | 25 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Family Portfolio: Storage Controller Options

    This course covers the storage controller options available for use in Lenovo servers. The classes of storage controller are discussed, along with a discussion of where they are used, and which to choose.

    After completing this course, you will be able to:
    • Describe the classes of storage controllers
    • Discuss where each controller class is used
    • Describe the available options in each controller class

    Published: 2024-01-23
    Length: 25 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: SXXW1111
  13. Lenovo-Intel Sustainable Solutions QH
    2024-01-22 | 10 minutes | Employees and Partners
    Details
    Lenovo-Intel Sustainable Solutions QH

    This Quick Hit explains how Lenovo and Intel are committed to sustainability, and introduces the Lenovo-Intel joint sustainability campaign. You will learn how to use this campaign to show customers what that level of commitment entails, how to use the campaign's unsolicited proposal approach, and how to use the campaign as a conversation starter which may lead to increased sales.

    Published: 2024-01-22
    Length: 10 minutes

    Start the training:
    Employee link: Grow@Lenovo
    Partner link: Lenovo Partner Learning

    Course code: SXXW2524a

Related product families

Product families related to this document are the following:

Trademarks

Lenovo and the Lenovo logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both. A current list of Lenovo trademarks is available on the Web at https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/legal/copytrade/.

The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both:
Lenovo®
AnyBay®
Neptune®
ServerProven®
System x®
ThinkAgile®
ThinkServer®
ThinkShield®
ThinkSystem®
XClarity®

The following terms are trademarks of other companies:

AMD is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.

Intel® and Xeon® are trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries.

Linux® is the trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries.

Microsoft®, ActiveX®, Excel®, Hyper-V®, PowerShell, SharePoint®, Windows PowerShell®, Windows Server®, and Windows® are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.

Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.